| 1 | /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright |
| 2 | 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 22 | #include "gdb_string.h" |
| 23 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 24 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 25 | #include "demangle.h" |
| 26 | #include "defs.h" |
| 27 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 28 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 29 | #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| 30 | #include "expression.h" |
| 31 | #include "parser-defs.h" |
| 32 | #include "language.h" |
| 33 | #include "c-lang.h" |
| 34 | #include "inferior.h" |
| 35 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 36 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 37 | #include "breakpoint.h" |
| 38 | #include "gdbcore.h" |
| 39 | #include "ada-lang.h" |
| 40 | #include "ui-out.h" |
| 41 | #include "block.h" |
| 42 | #include "infcall.h" |
| 43 | |
| 44 | struct cleanup *unresolved_names; |
| 45 | |
| 46 | void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf); |
| 47 | |
| 48 | static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int); |
| 49 | |
| 50 | static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int); |
| 51 | |
| 52 | static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *); |
| 53 | |
| 54 | static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *); |
| 55 | |
| 56 | static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *); |
| 57 | |
| 58 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 59 | |
| 60 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 61 | |
| 62 | static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *); |
| 63 | |
| 64 | static struct value *desc_data (struct value *); |
| 65 | |
| 66 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 67 | |
| 68 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 69 | |
| 70 | static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int); |
| 71 | |
| 72 | static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int); |
| 73 | |
| 74 | static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int); |
| 75 | |
| 76 | static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int); |
| 77 | |
| 78 | static int desc_arity (struct type *); |
| 79 | |
| 80 | static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int); |
| 81 | |
| 82 | static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int); |
| 83 | |
| 84 | static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *); |
| 85 | |
| 86 | static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *, |
| 87 | CORE_ADDR *); |
| 88 | |
| 89 | static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *, |
| 90 | CORE_ADDR *); |
| 91 | |
| 92 | static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *, |
| 93 | domain_enum, struct objfile *, int); |
| 94 | |
| 95 | static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *); |
| 96 | |
| 97 | static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int); |
| 98 | |
| 99 | static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *); |
| 100 | |
| 101 | static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab |
| 102 | *, const char *, int, |
| 103 | domain_enum, int); |
| 104 | |
| 105 | static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *); |
| 106 | |
| 107 | static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int, |
| 108 | struct type *); |
| 109 | |
| 110 | static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int, |
| 111 | struct symbol *, struct block *); |
| 112 | |
| 113 | static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **); |
| 114 | |
| 115 | static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 116 | |
| 117 | static int numeric_type_p (struct type *); |
| 118 | |
| 119 | static int integer_type_p (struct type *); |
| 120 | |
| 121 | static int scalar_type_p (struct type *); |
| 122 | |
| 123 | static int discrete_type_p (struct type *); |
| 124 | |
| 125 | static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line, |
| 126 | const char *); |
| 127 | |
| 128 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *, |
| 129 | int *, enum noside); |
| 130 | |
| 131 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *); |
| 132 | |
| 133 | static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int); |
| 134 | |
| 135 | static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int); |
| 136 | |
| 137 | static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *, |
| 138 | CORE_ADDR, struct value *); |
| 139 | |
| 140 | static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *, |
| 141 | struct objfile *); |
| 142 | |
| 143 | static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *); |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *); |
| 148 | |
| 149 | static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 150 | |
| 151 | static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *); |
| 152 | |
| 153 | static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int, |
| 154 | struct value **); |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long, |
| 157 | struct type *); |
| 158 | |
| 159 | static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *); |
| 160 | |
| 161 | static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *); |
| 164 | |
| 165 | static int is_name_suffix (const char *); |
| 166 | |
| 167 | static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *); |
| 168 | |
| 169 | static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *, |
| 170 | int, |
| 171 | struct symbol |
| 172 | **, int); |
| 173 | |
| 174 | static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **, |
| 175 | int, int *); |
| 176 | |
| 177 | static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int); |
| 178 | |
| 179 | static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int, |
| 180 | char ***); |
| 181 | |
| 182 | static void read_all_symtabs (const char *); |
| 183 | |
| 184 | static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int); |
| 185 | |
| 186 | static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *); |
| 187 | |
| 188 | static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *); |
| 189 | |
| 190 | static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 191 | |
| 192 | static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, domain_enum); |
| 193 | |
| 194 | extern void markTimeStart (int index); |
| 195 | extern void markTimeStop (int index); |
| 196 | \f |
| 197 | |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */ |
| 200 | static unsigned int varsize_limit; |
| 201 | |
| 202 | static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters = |
| 203 | " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 204 | |
| 205 | /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */ |
| 206 | #define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name" |
| 207 | |
| 208 | /* Utilities */ |
| 209 | |
| 210 | /* extract_string |
| 211 | * |
| 212 | * read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the |
| 213 | * result into BUF |
| 214 | */ |
| 215 | void |
| 216 | extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf) |
| 217 | { |
| 218 | int char_index = 0; |
| 219 | |
| 220 | /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000' |
| 221 | end-of-string marker */ |
| 222 | do |
| 223 | { |
| 224 | target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char), |
| 225 | buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char)); |
| 226 | char_index++; |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000'); |
| 229 | } |
| 230 | |
| 231 | /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size |
| 232 | ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects, |
| 233 | updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */ |
| 234 | |
| 235 | void |
| 236 | grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size) |
| 237 | { |
| 238 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 239 | { |
| 240 | *size *= 2; |
| 241 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 242 | *size = min_size; |
| 243 | *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size); |
| 244 | } |
| 245 | } |
| 246 | |
| 247 | /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing |
| 248 | suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */ |
| 249 | |
| 250 | static int |
| 251 | field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target) |
| 252 | { |
| 253 | int len = strlen (target); |
| 254 | return |
| 255 | STREQN (field_name, target, len) |
| 256 | && (field_name[len] == '\0' |
| 257 | || (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3) |
| 258 | && !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN"))); |
| 259 | } |
| 260 | |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */ |
| 263 | |
| 264 | int |
| 265 | ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name) |
| 266 | { |
| 267 | if (name == NULL) |
| 268 | return 0; |
| 269 | else |
| 270 | { |
| 271 | const char *p = strstr (name, "___"); |
| 272 | if (p == NULL) |
| 273 | return strlen (name); |
| 274 | else |
| 275 | return p - name; |
| 276 | } |
| 277 | } |
| 278 | |
| 279 | /* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */ |
| 280 | static int |
| 281 | is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix) |
| 282 | { |
| 283 | int len1, len2; |
| 284 | if (str == NULL) |
| 285 | return 0; |
| 286 | len1 = strlen (str); |
| 287 | len2 = strlen (suffix); |
| 288 | return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix)); |
| 289 | } |
| 290 | |
| 291 | /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it |
| 292 | * is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is |
| 293 | * ADDRESS. */ |
| 294 | struct value * |
| 295 | value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 296 | CORE_ADDR address) |
| 297 | { |
| 298 | struct value *v = allocate_value (type); |
| 299 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 300 | VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1; |
| 301 | else |
| 302 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 303 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address; |
| 304 | if (address != 0) |
| 305 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory; |
| 306 | return v; |
| 307 | } |
| 308 | |
| 309 | /* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a |
| 310 | value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */ |
| 311 | |
| 312 | static struct value * |
| 313 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type) |
| 314 | { |
| 315 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 316 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory) |
| 317 | return value_at_lazy (type, |
| 318 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset, |
| 319 | NULL); |
| 320 | else |
| 321 | { |
| 322 | struct value *result = allocate_value (type); |
| 323 | VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval; |
| 324 | if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0) |
| 325 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset, |
| 326 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) |
| 327 | ? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 328 | else |
| 329 | { |
| 330 | VALUE_ADDRESS (result) = |
| 331 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset; |
| 332 | VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1; |
| 333 | } |
| 334 | return result; |
| 335 | } |
| 336 | } |
| 337 | |
| 338 | static char * |
| 339 | cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset) |
| 340 | { |
| 341 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 342 | return NULL; |
| 343 | else |
| 344 | return valaddr + offset; |
| 345 | } |
| 346 | |
| 347 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 348 | cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset) |
| 349 | { |
| 350 | if (address == 0) |
| 351 | return 0; |
| 352 | else |
| 353 | return address + offset; |
| 354 | } |
| 355 | |
| 356 | /* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all |
| 357 | arguments up to NULL. */ |
| 358 | static void |
| 359 | do_command (const char *arg, ...) |
| 360 | { |
| 361 | int len; |
| 362 | char *cmd; |
| 363 | const char *s; |
| 364 | va_list ap; |
| 365 | |
| 366 | va_start (ap, arg); |
| 367 | len = 0; |
| 368 | s = arg; |
| 369 | cmd = ""; |
| 370 | for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *)) |
| 371 | { |
| 372 | char *cmd1; |
| 373 | len += strlen (s); |
| 374 | cmd1 = alloca (len + 1); |
| 375 | strcpy (cmd1, cmd); |
| 376 | strcat (cmd1, s); |
| 377 | cmd = cmd1; |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | va_end (ap); |
| 380 | execute_command (cmd, 0); |
| 381 | } |
| 382 | \f |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* Language Selection */ |
| 385 | |
| 386 | /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG |
| 387 | (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). |
| 388 | |
| 389 | MAIN_PST is not used. */ |
| 390 | |
| 391 | enum language |
| 392 | ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang, |
| 393 | struct partial_symtab *main_pst) |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL, |
| 396 | (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL) |
| 397 | /* return language_ada; */ |
| 398 | /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */ |
| 399 | return language_unknown; |
| 400 | |
| 401 | return lang; |
| 402 | } |
| 403 | \f |
| 404 | |
| 405 | /* Symbols */ |
| 406 | |
| 407 | /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair |
| 408 | of NULLs. */ |
| 409 | |
| 410 | const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = { |
| 411 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD}, |
| 412 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB}, |
| 413 | {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL}, |
| 414 | {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV}, |
| 415 | {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD}, |
| 416 | {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM}, |
| 417 | {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP}, |
| 418 | {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS}, |
| 419 | {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ}, |
| 420 | {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR}, |
| 421 | {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ}, |
| 422 | {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL}, |
| 423 | {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL}, |
| 424 | {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND}, |
| 425 | {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR}, |
| 426 | {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR}, |
| 427 | {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT}, |
| 428 | {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS}, |
| 429 | {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT}, |
| 430 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS}, |
| 431 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG}, |
| 432 | {NULL, NULL} |
| 433 | }; |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */ |
| 436 | static int |
| 437 | is_suppressed_name (const char *str) |
| 438 | { |
| 439 | if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5)) |
| 440 | str += 5; |
| 441 | if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000') |
| 442 | return 1; |
| 443 | else |
| 444 | { |
| 445 | const char *p; |
| 446 | const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___"); |
| 447 | if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X') |
| 448 | return 1; |
| 449 | if (suffix == NULL) |
| 450 | suffix = str + strlen (str); |
| 451 | for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1) |
| 452 | if (isupper (*p)) |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | int i; |
| 455 | if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_') |
| 456 | goto OK; |
| 457 | if (*p != 'O') |
| 458 | return 1; |
| 459 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1) |
| 460 | if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p, |
| 461 | strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled))) |
| 462 | goto OK; |
| 463 | return 1; |
| 464 | OK:; |
| 465 | } |
| 466 | return 0; |
| 467 | } |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | |
| 470 | /* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions. |
| 471 | * The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */ |
| 472 | char * |
| 473 | ada_mangle (const char *demangled) |
| 474 | { |
| 475 | static char *mangling_buffer = NULL; |
| 476 | static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0; |
| 477 | const char *p; |
| 478 | int k; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | if (demangled == NULL) |
| 481 | return NULL; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size, |
| 484 | 2 * strlen (demangled) + 10); |
| 485 | |
| 486 | k = 0; |
| 487 | for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 488 | { |
| 489 | if (*p == '.') |
| 490 | { |
| 491 | mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_'; |
| 492 | k += 2; |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | else if (*p == '"') |
| 495 | { |
| 496 | const struct ada_opname_map *mapping; |
| 497 | |
| 498 | for (mapping = ada_opname_table; |
| 499 | mapping->mangled != NULL && |
| 500 | !STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled)); |
| 501 | p += 1) |
| 502 | ; |
| 503 | if (mapping->mangled == NULL) |
| 504 | error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p); |
| 505 | strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled); |
| 506 | k += strlen (mapping->mangled); |
| 507 | break; |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | else |
| 510 | { |
| 511 | mangling_buffer[k] = *p; |
| 512 | k += 1; |
| 513 | } |
| 514 | } |
| 515 | |
| 516 | mangling_buffer[k] = '\0'; |
| 517 | return mangling_buffer; |
| 518 | } |
| 519 | |
| 520 | /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single |
| 521 | * quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good |
| 522 | * to next call. */ |
| 523 | char * |
| 524 | ada_fold_name (const char *name) |
| 525 | { |
| 526 | static char *fold_buffer = NULL; |
| 527 | static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0; |
| 528 | |
| 529 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 530 | GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1); |
| 531 | |
| 532 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 533 | { |
| 534 | strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2); |
| 535 | fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | else |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | int i; |
| 540 | for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1) |
| 541 | fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 542 | } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | return fold_buffer; |
| 545 | } |
| 546 | |
| 547 | /* Demangle: |
| 548 | 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+ |
| 549 | 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'. |
| 550 | 3. Discard leading _ada_. |
| 551 | 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols. |
| 552 | 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by |
| 553 | 'X'. |
| 554 | 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing. |
| 555 | 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets. |
| 556 | 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies). |
| 557 | The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle. |
| 558 | */ |
| 559 | |
| 560 | char * |
| 561 | ada_demangle (const char *mangled) |
| 562 | { |
| 563 | int i, j; |
| 564 | int len0; |
| 565 | const char *p; |
| 566 | char *demangled; |
| 567 | int at_start_name; |
| 568 | static char *demangling_buffer = NULL; |
| 569 | static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0; |
| 570 | |
| 571 | if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5)) |
| 572 | mangled += 5; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<') |
| 575 | goto Suppress; |
| 576 | |
| 577 | p = strstr (mangled, "___"); |
| 578 | if (p == NULL) |
| 579 | len0 = strlen (mangled); |
| 580 | else |
| 581 | { |
| 582 | if (p[3] == 'X') |
| 583 | len0 = p - mangled; |
| 584 | else |
| 585 | goto Suppress; |
| 586 | } |
| 587 | if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB")) |
| 588 | len0 -= 3; |
| 589 | if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B")) |
| 590 | len0 -= 1; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */ |
| 593 | GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1); |
| 594 | demangled = demangling_buffer; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1])) |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1) |
| 599 | ; |
| 600 | if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_') |
| 601 | len0 = i - 1; |
| 602 | else if (mangled[i] == '$') |
| 603 | len0 = i; |
| 604 | } |
| 605 | |
| 606 | for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1) |
| 607 | demangled[j] = mangled[i]; |
| 608 | |
| 609 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 610 | while (i < len0) |
| 611 | { |
| 612 | if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O') |
| 613 | { |
| 614 | int k; |
| 615 | for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1) |
| 616 | { |
| 617 | int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled); |
| 618 | if (STREQN |
| 619 | (ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1, |
| 620 | op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len])) |
| 621 | { |
| 622 | strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled); |
| 623 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 624 | i += op_len; |
| 625 | j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled); |
| 626 | break; |
| 627 | } |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL) |
| 630 | continue; |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 633 | |
| 634 | if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4)) |
| 635 | i += 2; |
| 636 | if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1])) |
| 637 | { |
| 638 | do |
| 639 | i += 1; |
| 640 | while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n')); |
| 641 | if (i < len0) |
| 642 | goto Suppress; |
| 643 | } |
| 644 | else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_') |
| 645 | { |
| 646 | demangled[j] = '.'; |
| 647 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 648 | i += 2; |
| 649 | j += 1; |
| 650 | } |
| 651 | else |
| 652 | { |
| 653 | demangled[j] = mangled[i]; |
| 654 | i += 1; |
| 655 | j += 1; |
| 656 | } |
| 657 | } |
| 658 | demangled[j] = '\000'; |
| 659 | |
| 660 | for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1) |
| 661 | if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ') |
| 662 | goto Suppress; |
| 663 | |
| 664 | return demangled; |
| 665 | |
| 666 | Suppress: |
| 667 | GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3); |
| 668 | demangled = demangling_buffer; |
| 669 | if (mangled[0] == '<') |
| 670 | strcpy (demangled, mangled); |
| 671 | else |
| 672 | sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled); |
| 673 | return demangled; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | } |
| 676 | |
| 677 | /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing |
| 678 | * suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on |
| 679 | * SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging |
| 680 | * information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a |
| 681 | * suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if |
| 682 | * either argument is NULL. */ |
| 683 | |
| 684 | int |
| 685 | ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild) |
| 686 | { |
| 687 | if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL) |
| 688 | return 0; |
| 689 | else if (wild) |
| 690 | return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name); |
| 691 | else |
| 692 | { |
| 693 | int len_name = strlen (name); |
| 694 | return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name) |
| 695 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name)) |
| 696 | || (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5) |
| 697 | && STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name) |
| 698 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5)); |
| 699 | } |
| 700 | } |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be |
| 703 | suppressed in info listings. */ |
| 704 | |
| 705 | int |
| 706 | ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym) |
| 707 | { |
| 708 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN) |
| 709 | return 1; |
| 710 | else |
| 711 | return is_suppressed_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)); |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | \f |
| 714 | |
| 715 | /* Arrays */ |
| 716 | |
| 717 | /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of |
| 718 | array descriptors. */ |
| 719 | |
| 720 | static char *bound_name[] = { |
| 721 | "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3", |
| 722 | "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7" |
| 723 | }; |
| 724 | |
| 725 | /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */ |
| 726 | |
| 727 | #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*))) |
| 728 | |
| 729 | /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */ |
| 730 | |
| 731 | static void |
| 732 | modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), |
| 735 | fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize); |
| 736 | } |
| 737 | |
| 738 | |
| 739 | /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors |
| 740 | (fat pointers). */ |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes |
| 743 | level of indirection, if needed. */ |
| 744 | static struct type * |
| 745 | desc_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 746 | { |
| 747 | if (type == NULL) |
| 748 | return NULL; |
| 749 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 750 | if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 751 | return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 752 | else |
| 753 | return type; |
| 754 | } |
| 755 | |
| 756 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */ |
| 757 | static int |
| 758 | is_thin_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 759 | { |
| 760 | return |
| 761 | is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT") |
| 762 | || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE"); |
| 763 | } |
| 764 | |
| 765 | /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */ |
| 766 | static struct type * |
| 767 | thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 768 | { |
| 769 | struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 770 | if (base_type == NULL) |
| 771 | return NULL; |
| 772 | if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE")) |
| 773 | return base_type; |
| 774 | else |
| 775 | { |
| 776 | struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE"); |
| 777 | if (alt_type == NULL) |
| 778 | return base_type; |
| 779 | else |
| 780 | return alt_type; |
| 781 | } |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */ |
| 785 | static struct value * |
| 786 | thin_data_pntr (struct value *val) |
| 787 | { |
| 788 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 789 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 790 | return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)), |
| 791 | value_copy (val)); |
| 792 | else |
| 793 | return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)), |
| 794 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val)); |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */ |
| 798 | static int |
| 799 | is_thick_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 800 | { |
| 801 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 802 | return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 803 | && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL); |
| 804 | } |
| 805 | |
| 806 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 807 | pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 808 | static struct type * |
| 809 | desc_bounds_type (struct type *type) |
| 810 | { |
| 811 | struct type *r; |
| 812 | |
| 813 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 814 | |
| 815 | if (type == NULL) |
| 816 | return NULL; |
| 817 | else if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 818 | { |
| 819 | type = thin_descriptor_type (type); |
| 820 | if (type == NULL) |
| 821 | return NULL; |
| 822 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1); |
| 823 | if (r != NULL) |
| 824 | return check_typedef (r); |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 827 | { |
| 828 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1); |
| 829 | if (r != NULL) |
| 830 | return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r))); |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | return NULL; |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to |
| 836 | one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */ |
| 837 | static struct value * |
| 838 | desc_bounds (struct value *arr) |
| 839 | { |
| 840 | struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 841 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 842 | { |
| 843 | struct type *bounds_type = |
| 844 | desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 845 | LONGEST addr; |
| 846 | |
| 847 | if (desc_bounds_type == NULL) |
| 848 | error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but |
| 851 | since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be), |
| 852 | the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */ |
| 853 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 854 | addr = value_as_long (arr); |
| 855 | else |
| 856 | addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr); |
| 857 | |
| 858 | return |
| 859 | value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type), |
| 860 | addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type)); |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | |
| 863 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 864 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL, |
| 865 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 866 | else |
| 867 | return NULL; |
| 868 | } |
| 869 | |
| 870 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 871 | position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 872 | static int |
| 873 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 874 | { |
| 875 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1); |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 879 | size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 880 | static int |
| 881 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 882 | { |
| 883 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 884 | |
| 885 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0) |
| 886 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1); |
| 887 | else |
| 888 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1))); |
| 889 | } |
| 890 | |
| 891 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 892 | pointer to one, the type of its array data (a |
| 893 | pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use |
| 894 | ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */ |
| 895 | static struct type * |
| 896 | desc_data_type (struct type *type) |
| 897 | { |
| 898 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 899 | |
| 900 | /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */ |
| 901 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 902 | return lookup_pointer_type |
| 903 | (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1))); |
| 904 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 905 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1); |
| 906 | else |
| 907 | return NULL; |
| 908 | } |
| 909 | |
| 910 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to |
| 911 | its array data. */ |
| 912 | static struct value * |
| 913 | desc_data (struct value *arr) |
| 914 | { |
| 915 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 916 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 917 | return thin_data_pntr (arr); |
| 918 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 919 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL, |
| 920 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor"); |
| 921 | else |
| 922 | return NULL; |
| 923 | } |
| 924 | |
| 925 | |
| 926 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 927 | position of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 928 | static int |
| 929 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 930 | { |
| 931 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0); |
| 932 | } |
| 933 | |
| 934 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 935 | size of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 936 | static int |
| 937 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 938 | { |
| 939 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 940 | |
| 941 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) |
| 942 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0); |
| 943 | else |
| 944 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | |
| 947 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return |
| 948 | the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 949 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 950 | static struct value * |
| 951 | desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL, |
| 954 | "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds"); |
| 955 | } |
| 956 | |
| 957 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position |
| 958 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 959 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 960 | static int |
| 961 | desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 962 | { |
| 963 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 964 | } |
| 965 | |
| 966 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size |
| 967 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 968 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 969 | static int |
| 970 | desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 973 | |
| 974 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0) |
| 975 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 976 | else |
| 977 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2)); |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | |
| 980 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its |
| 981 | Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 982 | static struct type * |
| 983 | desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i) |
| 984 | { |
| 985 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 986 | |
| 987 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 988 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1); |
| 989 | else |
| 990 | return NULL; |
| 991 | } |
| 992 | |
| 993 | /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0 |
| 994 | if TYPE is NULL. */ |
| 995 | static int |
| 996 | desc_arity (struct type *type) |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | if (type != NULL) |
| 1001 | return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2; |
| 1002 | return 0; |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | /* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */ |
| 1007 | int |
| 1008 | ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type) |
| 1009 | { |
| 1010 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1011 | return 0; |
| 1012 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1013 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1014 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1015 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)); |
| 1016 | } |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */ |
| 1019 | int |
| 1020 | ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type) |
| 1021 | { |
| 1022 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type); |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1025 | return 0; |
| 1026 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1027 | return |
| 1028 | data_type != NULL |
| 1029 | && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1030 | && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL |
| 1031 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1032 | || |
| 1033 | TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1034 | && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0; |
| 1035 | } |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array |
| 1038 | descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with |
| 1039 | debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it |
| 1040 | is still needed. */ |
| 1041 | int |
| 1042 | ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type) |
| 1043 | { |
| 1044 | return |
| 1045 | type != NULL |
| 1046 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1047 | && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL |
| 1048 | || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL) |
| 1049 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type); |
| 1050 | } |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, |
| 1054 | (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically, |
| 1055 | a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled |
| 1056 | in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If |
| 1057 | the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero, |
| 1058 | returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not |
| 1059 | a descriptor. */ |
| 1060 | struct type * |
| 1061 | ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds) |
| 1062 | { |
| 1063 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1064 | return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1067 | return VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | if (!bounds) |
| 1070 | return |
| 1071 | check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))); |
| 1072 | else |
| 1073 | { |
| 1074 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1075 | int arity; |
| 1076 | struct value *descriptor; |
| 1077 | struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1); |
| 1080 | arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0) |
| 1083 | return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | descriptor = desc_bounds (arr); |
| 1086 | if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0) |
| 1087 | return NULL; |
| 1088 | while (arity > 0) |
| 1089 | { |
| 1090 | struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf); |
| 1091 | struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf); |
| 1092 | struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0); |
| 1093 | struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1); |
| 1094 | arity -= 1; |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low), |
| 1097 | (int) value_as_long (low), |
| 1098 | (int) value_as_long (high)); |
| 1099 | elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type); |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type); |
| 1103 | } |
| 1104 | } |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1107 | Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set |
| 1108 | appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard |
| 1109 | GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */ |
| 1110 | struct value * |
| 1111 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr) |
| 1112 | { |
| 1113 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1114 | { |
| 1115 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1); |
| 1116 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 1117 | return NULL; |
| 1118 | return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr))); |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1121 | return decode_packed_array (arr); |
| 1122 | else |
| 1123 | return arr; |
| 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1127 | Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may |
| 1128 | be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */ |
| 1129 | struct value * |
| 1130 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr) |
| 1131 | { |
| 1132 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1133 | { |
| 1134 | struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr); |
| 1135 | if (arrVal == NULL) |
| 1136 | error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer."); |
| 1137 | return value_ind (arrVal); |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))) |
| 1140 | return decode_packed_array (arr); |
| 1141 | else |
| 1142 | return arr; |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an |
| 1146 | ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating |
| 1147 | packing). For other types, is the identity. */ |
| 1148 | struct type * |
| 1149 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1150 | { |
| 1151 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 1152 | struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0); |
| 1153 | struct type *result; |
| 1154 | VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type; |
| 1155 | result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0); |
| 1156 | value_free_to_mark (dummy); |
| 1157 | return result; |
| 1158 | } |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */ |
| 1161 | int |
| 1162 | ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1165 | return 0; |
| 1166 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1167 | return |
| 1168 | ada_type_name (type) != NULL |
| 1169 | && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL; |
| 1170 | } |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled |
| 1173 | in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents |
| 1174 | (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its |
| 1175 | elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type, |
| 1176 | but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any |
| 1177 | constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its |
| 1178 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size |
| 1179 | in bits. */ |
| 1180 | static struct type * |
| 1181 | packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits) |
| 1182 | { |
| 1183 | struct type *new_elt_type; |
| 1184 | struct type *new_type; |
| 1185 | LONGEST low_bound, high_bound; |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1188 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1189 | return type; |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 1192 | new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 1193 | elt_bits); |
| 1194 | create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1195 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits; |
| 1196 | TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 1199 | &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0) |
| 1200 | low_bound = high_bound = 0; |
| 1201 | if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 1202 | *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0; |
| 1203 | else |
| 1204 | { |
| 1205 | *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 1206 | TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = |
| 1207 | (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1208 | } |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 1211 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 1212 | return new_type; |
| 1213 | } |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE). |
| 1216 | */ |
| 1217 | static struct type * |
| 1218 | decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1219 | { |
| 1220 | struct symbol **syms; |
| 1221 | struct block **blocks; |
| 1222 | const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type)); |
| 1223 | char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1); |
| 1224 | char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 1225 | struct type *shadow_type; |
| 1226 | long bits; |
| 1227 | int i, n; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name); |
| 1230 | name[tail - raw_name] = '\000'; |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | /* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions |
| 1233 | * of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */ |
| 1234 | n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), |
| 1235 | VAR_DOMAIN, &syms, &blocks); |
| 1236 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 1237 | if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 1238 | && STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))) |
| 1239 | break; |
| 1240 | if (i >= n) |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array"); |
| 1243 | return NULL; |
| 1244 | } |
| 1245 | shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]); |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1248 | { |
| 1249 | warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array"); |
| 1250 | return NULL; |
| 1251 | } |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1) |
| 1254 | { |
| 1255 | warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array"); |
| 1256 | return NULL; |
| 1257 | } |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits); |
| 1260 | } |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | /* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array, |
| 1263 | returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a |
| 1264 | standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array |
| 1265 | target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the |
| 1266 | type length is set appropriately. */ |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | static struct value * |
| 1269 | decode_packed_array (struct value *arr) |
| 1270 | { |
| 1271 | struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | error ("can't unpack array"); |
| 1276 | return NULL; |
| 1277 | } |
| 1278 | else |
| 1279 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type); |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices |
| 1284 | given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */ |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | static struct value * |
| 1287 | value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 1288 | { |
| 1289 | int i; |
| 1290 | int bits, elt_off, bit_off; |
| 1291 | long elt_total_bit_offset; |
| 1292 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1293 | struct value *v; |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | bits = 0; |
| 1296 | elt_total_bit_offset = 0; |
| 1297 | elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1298 | for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1) |
| 1299 | { |
| 1300 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1301 | || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0) |
| 1302 | error |
| 1303 | ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array"); |
| 1304 | else |
| 1305 | { |
| 1306 | struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 1307 | LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound; |
| 1308 | LONGEST idx; |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0) |
| 1311 | { |
| 1312 | warning ("don't know bounds of array"); |
| 1313 | lowerbound = upperbound = 0; |
| 1314 | } |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i])); |
| 1317 | if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound) |
| 1318 | warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx); |
| 1319 | bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 1320 | elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits; |
| 1321 | elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); |
| 1322 | } |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1325 | bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off, |
| 1328 | bits, elt_type); |
| 1329 | if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar) |
| 1330 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component; |
| 1331 | else |
| 1332 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr); |
| 1333 | return v; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */ |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | static int |
| 1339 | has_negatives (struct type *type) |
| 1340 | { |
| 1341 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | default: |
| 1344 | return 0; |
| 1345 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 1346 | return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); |
| 1347 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 1348 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0; |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting |
| 1354 | at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte, |
| 1355 | proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then |
| 1356 | assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ |
| 1357 | may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the |
| 1358 | start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned |
| 1359 | in this case is never an lval. |
| 1360 | Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */ |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | struct value * |
| 1363 | ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset, |
| 1364 | int bit_offset, int bit_size, |
| 1365 | struct type *type) |
| 1366 | { |
| 1367 | struct value *v; |
| 1368 | int src, /* Index into the source area. */ |
| 1369 | targ, /* Index into the target area. */ |
| 1370 | i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */ |
| 1371 | nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */ |
| 1372 | unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant |
| 1373 | * byte of source that are unused. */ |
| 1374 | accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */ |
| 1375 | unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */ |
| 1376 | unsigned char *unpacked; |
| 1377 | unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */ |
| 1378 | unsigned char sign; |
| 1379 | int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; |
| 1380 | /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the |
| 1381 | * direction the indices move. */ |
| 1382 | int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1; |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | if (obj == NULL) |
| 1387 | { |
| 1388 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 1389 | bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset); |
| 1390 | } |
| 1391 | else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj)) |
| 1392 | { |
| 1393 | v = value_at (type, |
| 1394 | VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL); |
| 1395 | bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len); |
| 1396 | read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len); |
| 1397 | } |
| 1398 | else |
| 1399 | { |
| 1400 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 1401 | bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset; |
| 1402 | } |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | if (obj != NULL) |
| 1405 | { |
| 1406 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj); |
| 1407 | if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar) |
| 1408 | VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component; |
| 1409 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset; |
| 1410 | VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj); |
| 1411 | VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size; |
| 1412 | if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1413 | { |
| 1414 | VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1; |
| 1415 | VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1416 | } |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | else |
| 1419 | VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size; |
| 1420 | unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | srcBitsLeft = bit_size; |
| 1423 | nsrc = len; |
| 1424 | ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 1425 | sign = 0; |
| 1426 | if (bit_size == 0) |
| 1427 | { |
| 1428 | memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 1429 | return v; |
| 1430 | } |
| 1431 | else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 1432 | { |
| 1433 | src = len - 1; |
| 1434 | if (has_negatives (type) && |
| 1435 | ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1)))) |
| 1436 | sign = ~0; |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | unusedLS = |
| 1439 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1440 | % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 1443 | { |
| 1444 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 1445 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 1446 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 1447 | /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */ |
| 1448 | accumSize = |
| 1449 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1450 | /* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes |
| 1451 | * of the target. */ |
| 1452 | targ = src; |
| 1453 | break; |
| 1454 | default: |
| 1455 | accumSize = 0; |
| 1456 | targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1; |
| 1457 | break; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | } |
| 1460 | else |
| 1461 | { |
| 1462 | int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8; |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | src = targ = 0; |
| 1465 | unusedLS = bit_offset; |
| 1466 | accumSize = 0; |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset))) |
| 1469 | sign = ~0; |
| 1470 | } |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | accum = 0; |
| 1473 | while (nsrc > 0) |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not |
| 1476 | * part of the value. */ |
| 1477 | unsigned int unusedMSMask = |
| 1478 | (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) - |
| 1479 | 1; |
| 1480 | /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */ |
| 1481 | unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask; |
| 1482 | accum |= |
| 1483 | (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize; |
| 1484 | accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 1485 | if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 1486 | { |
| 1487 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 1488 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1489 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1490 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 1491 | targ += delta; |
| 1492 | } |
| 1493 | srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 1494 | unusedLS = 0; |
| 1495 | nsrc -= 1; |
| 1496 | src += delta; |
| 1497 | } |
| 1498 | while (ntarg > 0) |
| 1499 | { |
| 1500 | accum |= sign << accumSize; |
| 1501 | unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 1502 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1503 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1504 | ntarg -= 1; |
| 1505 | targ += delta; |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | return v; |
| 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to |
| 1512 | TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must |
| 1513 | not overlap. */ |
| 1514 | static void |
| 1515 | move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n) |
| 1516 | { |
| 1517 | unsigned int accum, mask; |
| 1518 | int accum_bits, chunk_size; |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1521 | targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1522 | source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1523 | src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1524 | if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 1525 | { |
| 1526 | accum = (unsigned char) *source; |
| 1527 | source += 1; |
| 1528 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | while (n > 0) |
| 1531 | { |
| 1532 | int unused_right; |
| 1533 | accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source; |
| 1534 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1535 | source += 1; |
| 1536 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 1537 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 1538 | chunk_size = n; |
| 1539 | unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset); |
| 1540 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right; |
| 1541 | *target = |
| 1542 | (*target & ~mask) |
| 1543 | | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask); |
| 1544 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 1545 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 1546 | target += 1; |
| 1547 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 1548 | } |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | else |
| 1551 | { |
| 1552 | accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset; |
| 1553 | source += 1; |
| 1554 | accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset; |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | while (n > 0) |
| 1557 | { |
| 1558 | accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits); |
| 1559 | accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1560 | source += 1; |
| 1561 | chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset; |
| 1562 | if (chunk_size > n) |
| 1563 | chunk_size = n; |
| 1564 | mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset; |
| 1565 | *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask); |
| 1566 | n -= chunk_size; |
| 1567 | accum_bits -= chunk_size; |
| 1568 | accum >>= chunk_size; |
| 1569 | target += 1; |
| 1570 | targ_offset = 0; |
| 1571 | } |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL. |
| 1577 | Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of |
| 1578 | FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have |
| 1579 | floating-point or non-scalar types. */ |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | static struct value * |
| 1582 | ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval) |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval); |
| 1585 | int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval); |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | if (!toval->modifiable) |
| 1588 | error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."); |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | COERCE_REF (toval); |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory |
| 1593 | && bits > 0 |
| 1594 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT |
| 1595 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)) |
| 1596 | { |
| 1597 | int len = |
| 1598 | (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 1599 | char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len); |
| 1600 | struct value *val; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 1603 | fromval = value_cast (type, fromval); |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len); |
| 1606 | if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
| 1607 | move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), |
| 1608 | VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 1609 | TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT - |
| 1610 | bits, bits); |
| 1611 | else |
| 1612 | move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 1613 | 0, bits); |
| 1614 | write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, |
| 1615 | len); |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | val = value_copy (toval); |
| 1618 | memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval), |
| 1619 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 1620 | VALUE_TYPE (val) = type; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | return val; |
| 1623 | } |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | return value_assign (toval, fromval); |
| 1626 | } |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. |
| 1630 | ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer |
| 1631 | thereto. */ |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | struct value * |
| 1634 | ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 1635 | { |
| 1636 | int k; |
| 1637 | struct value *elt; |
| 1638 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr); |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt)); |
| 1643 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1644 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0) |
| 1645 | return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind); |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 1648 | { |
| 1649 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1650 | error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k); |
| 1651 | elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k])); |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | return elt; |
| 1654 | } |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the |
| 1657 | value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in |
| 1658 | IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */ |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | struct value * |
| 1661 | ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity, |
| 1662 | struct value **ind) |
| 1663 | { |
| 1664 | int k; |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 1667 | { |
| 1668 | LONGEST lwb, upb; |
| 1669 | struct value *idx; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1672 | error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k); |
| 1673 | arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 1674 | value_copy (arr)); |
| 1675 | get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb); |
| 1676 | if (lwb == 0) |
| 1677 | idx = ind[k]; |
| 1678 | else |
| 1679 | idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb)); |
| 1680 | arr = value_add (arr, idx); |
| 1681 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1682 | } |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | return value_ind (arr); |
| 1685 | } |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 1688 | descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a |
| 1689 | simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its |
| 1690 | type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */ |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | int |
| 1693 | ada_array_arity (struct type *type) |
| 1694 | { |
| 1695 | int arity; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1698 | return 0; |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | arity = 0; |
| 1703 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1704 | return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)); |
| 1705 | else |
| 1706 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | arity += 1; |
| 1709 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | return arity; |
| 1713 | } |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 1716 | descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for |
| 1717 | TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if |
| 1718 | NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */ |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | struct type * |
| 1721 | ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices) |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1726 | { |
| 1727 | int k; |
| 1728 | struct type *p_array_type; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | p_array_type = desc_data_type (type); |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | k = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 1733 | if (k == 0) |
| 1734 | return NULL; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */ |
| 1737 | if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices) |
| 1738 | k = nindices; |
| 1739 | p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type); |
| 1740 | while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL) |
| 1741 | { |
| 1742 | p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type)); |
| 1743 | k -= 1; |
| 1744 | } |
| 1745 | return p_array_type; |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1748 | { |
| 1749 | while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1752 | nindices -= 1; |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | return type; |
| 1755 | } |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | return NULL; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does |
| 1761 | not examine memory. */ |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | struct type * |
| 1764 | ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | if (n > ada_array_arity (type)) |
| 1769 | return NULL; |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | if (ada_is_simple_array (type)) |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | int i; |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1) |
| 1776 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1779 | } |
| 1780 | else |
| 1781 | return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n); |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the |
| 1785 | Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 1786 | WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an |
| 1787 | array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the |
| 1788 | bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by |
| 1789 | run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | LONGEST |
| 1792 | ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which, |
| 1793 | struct type ** typep) |
| 1794 | { |
| 1795 | struct type *type; |
| 1796 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 1799 | arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type); |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type)) |
| 1802 | { |
| 1803 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 1804 | *typep = builtin_type_int; |
| 1805 | return (LONGEST) - which; |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1809 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type); |
| 1810 | else |
| 1811 | type = arr_type; |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 1814 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 1815 | { |
| 1816 | struct type *range_type; |
| 1817 | struct type *index_type; |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | while (n > 1) |
| 1820 | { |
| 1821 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1822 | n -= 1; |
| 1823 | } |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type); |
| 1826 | index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type); |
| 1827 | if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 1828 | index_type = builtin_type_long; |
| 1829 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 1830 | *typep = index_type; |
| 1831 | return |
| 1832 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 1833 | ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type) |
| 1834 | : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type)); |
| 1835 | } |
| 1836 | else |
| 1837 | { |
| 1838 | struct type *index_type = |
| 1839 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1), |
| 1840 | NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type)); |
| 1841 | if (typep != NULL) |
| 1842 | *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type); |
| 1843 | return |
| 1844 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 1845 | ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type) |
| 1846 | : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type)); |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the |
| 1851 | nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 1852 | which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 1853 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | struct value * |
| 1856 | ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which) |
| 1857 | { |
| 1858 | struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr); |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 1861 | return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which); |
| 1862 | else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type)) |
| 1863 | { |
| 1864 | struct type *type; |
| 1865 | LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type); |
| 1866 | return value_from_longest (type, v); |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | else |
| 1869 | return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which); |
| 1870 | } |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the |
| 1873 | nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 1874 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not |
| 1875 | work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation |
| 1876 | clauses at the moment. */ |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | struct value * |
| 1879 | ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n) |
| 1880 | { |
| 1881 | struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr)); |
| 1882 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 1885 | return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n); |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type)) |
| 1888 | { |
| 1889 | struct type *type; |
| 1890 | LONGEST v = |
| 1891 | ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) - |
| 1892 | ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1; |
| 1893 | return value_from_longest (type, v); |
| 1894 | } |
| 1895 | else |
| 1896 | return |
| 1897 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 1898 | value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), |
| 1899 | n, 1)) |
| 1900 | - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), |
| 1901 | n, 0)) + 1); |
| 1902 | } |
| 1903 | \f |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | /* Name resolution */ |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding |
| 1908 | to op. */ |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | static const char * |
| 1911 | ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op) |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | int i; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1) |
| 1916 | { |
| 1917 | if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op) |
| 1918 | return ada_opname_table[i].demangled; |
| 1919 | } |
| 1920 | error ("Could not find operator name for opcode"); |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol |
| 1925 | references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are |
| 1926 | user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is |
| 1927 | non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only |
| 1928 | type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over |
| 1929 | functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void |
| 1930 | return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list |
| 1931 | of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed. |
| 1932 | May change (expand) *EXP. */ |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | void |
| 1935 | ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type) |
| 1936 | { |
| 1937 | int pc; |
| 1938 | pc = 0; |
| 1939 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at |
| 1943 | position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing |
| 1944 | OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing |
| 1945 | built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators, |
| 1946 | where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting |
| 1947 | function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand |
| 1948 | EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */ |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | static struct value * |
| 1951 | ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p, |
| 1952 | struct type *context_type) |
| 1953 | { |
| 1954 | int pc = *pos; |
| 1955 | int i; |
| 1956 | struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */ |
| 1957 | enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 1958 | struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */ |
| 1959 | int nargs; /* Number of operands */ |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | argvec = NULL; |
| 1962 | nargs = 0; |
| 1963 | exp = *expp; |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */ |
| 1966 | switch (op) |
| 1967 | { |
| 1968 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 1969 | /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */ |
| 1970 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 1971 | *pos += 4; |
| 1972 | break; |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 1975 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1; |
| 1976 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 1977 | /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE) |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | *pos += 7; |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1)); |
| 1982 | for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1) |
| 1983 | argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 1984 | argvec[i] = NULL; |
| 1985 | } |
| 1986 | else |
| 1987 | { |
| 1988 | *pos += 3; |
| 1989 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 1990 | for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 1991 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | */ |
| 1994 | exp = *expp; |
| 1995 | break; |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 1998 | /* case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 1999 | nargs = 1; |
| 2000 | *pos += 3; |
| 2001 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 2002 | exp = *expp; |
| 2003 | break; |
| 2004 | */ |
| 2005 | /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 2006 | /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE: |
| 2007 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1; |
| 2008 | *pos += 4; |
| 2009 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 2010 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 2011 | exp = *expp; |
| 2012 | break; |
| 2013 | */ |
| 2014 | case UNOP_ADDR: |
| 2015 | nargs = 1; |
| 2016 | *pos += 1; |
| 2017 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2018 | exp = *expp; |
| 2019 | break; |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 2022 | { |
| 2023 | struct value *arg1; |
| 2024 | nargs = 2; |
| 2025 | *pos += 1; |
| 2026 | arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL); |
| 2027 | if (arg1 == NULL) |
| 2028 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 2029 | else |
| 2030 | ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 2031 | break; |
| 2032 | } |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | default: |
| 2035 | switch (op) |
| 2036 | { |
| 2037 | default: |
| 2038 | error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution"); |
| 2039 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 2040 | /* case UNOP_MBR: |
| 2041 | nargs = 1; |
| 2042 | *pos += 3; |
| 2043 | break; |
| 2044 | */ |
| 2045 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 2046 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 2047 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 2048 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 2049 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 2050 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 2051 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 2052 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 2053 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 2054 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 2055 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 2056 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 2057 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 2060 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 2061 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 2062 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 2063 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 2064 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | case BINOP_REPEAT: |
| 2067 | case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT: |
| 2068 | case BINOP_COMMA: |
| 2069 | nargs = 2; |
| 2070 | *pos += 1; |
| 2071 | break; |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 2074 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 2075 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 2076 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 2077 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 2078 | nargs = 1; |
| 2079 | *pos += 1; |
| 2080 | break; |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | case OP_LONG: |
| 2083 | case OP_DOUBLE: |
| 2084 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 2085 | *pos += 4; |
| 2086 | break; |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 2089 | case OP_BOOL: |
| 2090 | case OP_LAST: |
| 2091 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 2092 | case OP_INTERNALVAR: |
| 2093 | *pos += 3; |
| 2094 | break; |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | case UNOP_MEMVAL: |
| 2097 | *pos += 3; |
| 2098 | nargs = 1; |
| 2099 | break; |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 2102 | case STRUCTOP_PTR: |
| 2103 | nargs = 1; |
| 2104 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 2105 | break; |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | case OP_ARRAY: |
| 2108 | *pos += 4; |
| 2109 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1; |
| 2110 | nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 2111 | /* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */ |
| 2112 | /* if (nargs == 0) |
| 2113 | nargs = 1; |
| 2114 | break; */ |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 2117 | /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 2118 | /* case TERNOP_MBR: |
| 2119 | *pos += 1; |
| 2120 | nargs = 3; |
| 2121 | break; |
| 2122 | */ |
| 2123 | /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 2124 | /* case BINOP_MBR: |
| 2125 | *pos += 3; |
| 2126 | nargs = 2; |
| 2127 | break; */ |
| 2128 | } |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | argvec = |
| 2131 | (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1)); |
| 2132 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 2133 | argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL); |
| 2134 | argvec[i] = NULL; |
| 2135 | exp = *expp; |
| 2136 | break; |
| 2137 | } |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */ |
| 2140 | switch (op) |
| 2141 | { |
| 2142 | default: |
| 2143 | break; |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 2146 | /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | struct symbol** candidate_syms; |
| 2149 | struct block** candidate_blocks; |
| 2150 | int n_candidates; |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name, |
| 2153 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block, |
| 2154 | VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 2155 | &candidate_syms, |
| 2156 | &candidate_blocks); |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | if (n_candidates > 1) |
| 2159 | { */ |
| 2160 | /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there |
| 2161 | are any local symbols that are not types, first filter |
| 2162 | out all types. *//* |
| 2163 | int j; |
| 2164 | for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1) |
| 2165 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j])) |
| 2166 | { |
| 2167 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 2168 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 2169 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 2170 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 2171 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 2172 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 2173 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 2174 | case LOC_BASEREG: |
| 2175 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 2176 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 2177 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 2178 | goto FoundNonType; |
| 2179 | default: |
| 2180 | break; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | FoundNonType: |
| 2183 | if (j < n_candidates) |
| 2184 | { |
| 2185 | j = 0; |
| 2186 | while (j < n_candidates) |
| 2187 | { |
| 2188 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 2189 | { |
| 2190 | candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1]; |
| 2191 | candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1]; |
| 2192 | n_candidates -= 1; |
| 2193 | } |
| 2194 | else |
| 2195 | j += 1; |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | } |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 2201 | error ("No definition found for %s", |
| 2202 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name)); |
| 2203 | else if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 2204 | i = 0; |
| 2205 | else if (deprocedure_p |
| 2206 | && ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates)) |
| 2207 | { |
| 2208 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, |
| 2209 | n_candidates, NULL, 0, |
| 2210 | exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type); |
| 2211 | if (i < 0) |
| 2212 | error ("Could not find a match for %s", |
| 2213 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name)); |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | else |
| 2216 | { |
| 2217 | printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", |
| 2218 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name)); |
| 2219 | user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, |
| 2220 | n_candidates, 1); |
| 2221 | i = 0; |
| 2222 | } |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 2225 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i]; |
| 2226 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i]; |
| 2227 | if (innermost_block == NULL || |
| 2228 | contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block)) |
| 2229 | innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i]; |
| 2230 | } */ |
| 2231 | /* FALL THROUGH */ |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 2234 | if (deprocedure_p && |
| 2235 | TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) == |
| 2236 | TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0, |
| 2239 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol, |
| 2240 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block); |
| 2241 | exp = *expp; |
| 2242 | } |
| 2243 | break; |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 2246 | { |
| 2247 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 2248 | /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE) |
| 2249 | { |
| 2250 | struct symbol** candidate_syms; |
| 2251 | struct block** candidate_blocks; |
| 2252 | int n_candidates; |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name, |
| 2255 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block, |
| 2256 | VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 2257 | &candidate_syms, |
| 2258 | &candidate_blocks); |
| 2259 | if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 2260 | i = 0; |
| 2261 | else |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, |
| 2264 | n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1, |
| 2265 | exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type); |
| 2266 | if (i < 0) |
| 2267 | error ("Could not find a match for %s", |
| 2268 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name)); |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 2272 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i]; |
| 2273 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i]; |
| 2274 | if (innermost_block == NULL || |
| 2275 | contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block)) |
| 2276 | innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i]; |
| 2277 | } */ |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | } |
| 2280 | break; |
| 2281 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 2282 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 2283 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 2284 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 2285 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 2286 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 2287 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 2288 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 2289 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 2290 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 2291 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 2292 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 2293 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 2294 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 2295 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 2296 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 2297 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 2298 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 2299 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 2300 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 2301 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 2302 | if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec)) |
| 2303 | { |
| 2304 | struct symbol **candidate_syms; |
| 2305 | struct block **candidate_blocks; |
| 2306 | int n_candidates; |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | n_candidates = |
| 2309 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)), |
| 2310 | (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 2311 | &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks); |
| 2312 | i = |
| 2313 | ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, |
| 2314 | n_candidates, argvec, nargs, |
| 2315 | ada_op_name (op), NULL); |
| 2316 | if (i < 0) |
| 2317 | break; |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1, |
| 2320 | candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]); |
| 2321 | exp = *expp; |
| 2322 | } |
| 2323 | break; |
| 2324 | } |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | *pos = pc; |
| 2327 | return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos); |
| 2328 | } |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If |
| 2331 | MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual |
| 2332 | a non-pointer. */ |
| 2333 | /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and |
| 2334 | liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */ |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | static int |
| 2337 | ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref) |
| 2338 | { |
| 2339 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype); |
| 2340 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype); |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 2343 | ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype); |
| 2344 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 2345 | atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype); |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID |
| 2348 | || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 2349 | return 1; |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype)) |
| 2352 | { |
| 2353 | default: |
| 2354 | return 1; |
| 2355 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: |
| 2356 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2357 | return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), |
| 2358 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0); |
| 2359 | else |
| 2360 | return (may_deref && |
| 2361 | ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0)); |
| 2362 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2363 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2364 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2365 | switch (TYPE_CODE (atype)) |
| 2366 | { |
| 2367 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2368 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2369 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2370 | return 1; |
| 2371 | default: |
| 2372 | return 0; |
| 2373 | } |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 2376 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2377 | || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype)); |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 2380 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype)) |
| 2381 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2382 | || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype)); |
| 2383 | else |
| 2384 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 2385 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype)); |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 2388 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 2389 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype)); |
| 2390 | } |
| 2391 | } |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the |
| 2394 | vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC |
| 2395 | may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0- |
| 2396 | argument function. */ |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | static int |
| 2399 | ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | int i; |
| 2402 | struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func); |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST && |
| 2405 | TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 2406 | return (n_actuals == 0); |
| 2407 | else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 2408 | return 0; |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals) |
| 2411 | return 0; |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1) |
| 2414 | { |
| 2415 | struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i)); |
| 2416 | struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i])); |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i), |
| 2419 | VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1)) |
| 2420 | return 0; |
| 2421 | } |
| 2422 | return 1; |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value |
| 2426 | compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if |
| 2427 | FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type |
| 2428 | or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */ |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | static int |
| 2431 | return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type) |
| 2432 | { |
| 2433 | struct type *return_type; |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | if (func_type == NULL) |
| 2436 | return 1; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */ |
| 2439 | /* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 2440 | return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type)); |
| 2441 | else |
| 2442 | return_type = base_type (func_type); */ |
| 2443 | if (return_type == NULL) |
| 2444 | return 1; |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */ |
| 2447 | /* context_type = base_type (context_type); */ |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 2450 | return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type; |
| 2451 | else if (context_type == NULL) |
| 2452 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID; |
| 2453 | else |
| 2454 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type); |
| 2455 | } |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | /* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the |
| 2459 | function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in |
| 2460 | ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match |
| 2461 | that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If |
| 2462 | CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function. |
| 2463 | Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1 |
| 2464 | if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used |
| 2465 | solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in |
| 2466 | the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS |
| 2467 | is modified in parallel to SYMS. */ |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | int |
| 2470 | ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], |
| 2471 | int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs, |
| 2472 | const char *name, struct type *context_type) |
| 2473 | { |
| 2474 | int k; |
| 2475 | int m; /* Number of hits */ |
| 2476 | struct type *fallback; |
| 2477 | struct type *return_type; |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | return_type = context_type; |
| 2480 | if (context_type == NULL) |
| 2481 | fallback = builtin_type_void; |
| 2482 | else |
| 2483 | fallback = NULL; |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | m = 0; |
| 2486 | while (1) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 2489 | { |
| 2490 | struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k])); |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs) |
| 2493 | && return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type)) |
| 2494 | { |
| 2495 | syms[m] = syms[k]; |
| 2496 | if (blocks != NULL) |
| 2497 | blocks[m] = blocks[k]; |
| 2498 | m += 1; |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback) |
| 2502 | break; |
| 2503 | else |
| 2504 | return_type = fallback; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | if (m == 0) |
| 2508 | return -1; |
| 2509 | else if (m > 1) |
| 2510 | { |
| 2511 | printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name); |
| 2512 | user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1); |
| 2513 | return 0; |
| 2514 | } |
| 2515 | return 0; |
| 2516 | } |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | /* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */ |
| 2519 | /* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */ |
| 2520 | /* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */ |
| 2521 | /* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */ |
| 2522 | /* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */ |
| 2523 | static int |
| 2524 | mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1) |
| 2525 | { |
| 2526 | if (N1 == NULL) |
| 2527 | return 0; |
| 2528 | else if (N0 == NULL) |
| 2529 | return 1; |
| 2530 | else |
| 2531 | { |
| 2532 | int k0, k1; |
| 2533 | for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1) |
| 2534 | ; |
| 2535 | for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1) |
| 2536 | ; |
| 2537 | if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000' |
| 2538 | && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000') |
| 2539 | { |
| 2540 | int n0, n1; |
| 2541 | n0 = k0; |
| 2542 | while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_') |
| 2543 | n0 -= 1; |
| 2544 | n1 = k1; |
| 2545 | while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_') |
| 2546 | n1 -= 1; |
| 2547 | if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0)) |
| 2548 | return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1)); |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0); |
| 2551 | } |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */ |
| 2555 | /* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */ |
| 2556 | /* permutation. */ |
| 2557 | static void |
| 2558 | sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms) |
| 2559 | { |
| 2560 | int i, j; |
| 2561 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 2562 | { |
| 2563 | struct symbol *sym = syms[i]; |
| 2564 | struct block *block = blocks[i]; |
| 2565 | int j; |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 2568 | { |
| 2569 | if (mangled_ordered_before (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]), |
| 2570 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym))) |
| 2571 | break; |
| 2572 | syms[j + 1] = syms[j]; |
| 2573 | blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j]; |
| 2574 | } |
| 2575 | syms[j + 1] = sym; |
| 2576 | blocks[j + 1] = block; |
| 2577 | } |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */ |
| 2581 | /* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */ |
| 2582 | /* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */ |
| 2583 | /* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */ |
| 2584 | /* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */ |
| 2585 | /* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */ |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought |
| 2588 | to be re-integrated one of these days. */ |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | int |
| 2591 | user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms, |
| 2592 | int max_results) |
| 2593 | { |
| 2594 | int i; |
| 2595 | int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms); |
| 2596 | int n_chosen; |
| 2597 | int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2; |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | if (max_results < 1) |
| 2600 | error ("Request to select 0 symbols!"); |
| 2601 | if (nsyms <= 1) |
| 2602 | return nsyms; |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n"); |
| 2605 | if (max_results > 1) |
| 2606 | printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n"); |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms); |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 2611 | { |
| 2612 | if (syms[i] == NULL) |
| 2613 | continue; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1); |
| 2618 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n", |
| 2619 | i + first_choice, |
| 2620 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]), |
| 2621 | sal.symtab == NULL |
| 2622 | ? "<no source file available>" |
| 2623 | : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line); |
| 2624 | continue; |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | else |
| 2627 | { |
| 2628 | int is_enumeral = |
| 2629 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST |
| 2630 | && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL |
| 2631 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); |
| 2632 | struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]); |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL) |
| 2635 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n", |
| 2636 | i + first_choice, |
| 2637 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]), |
| 2638 | symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i])); |
| 2639 | else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL) |
| 2640 | { |
| 2641 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice); |
| 2642 | ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0); |
| 2643 | printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n", |
| 2644 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i])); |
| 2645 | } |
| 2646 | else if (symtab != NULL) |
| 2647 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 2648 | ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n" |
| 2649 | : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n", |
| 2650 | i + first_choice, |
| 2651 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]), |
| 2652 | symtab->filename); |
| 2653 | else |
| 2654 | printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral |
| 2655 | ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n" |
| 2656 | : "[%d] %s at ?\n", |
| 2657 | i + first_choice, |
| 2658 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i])); |
| 2659 | } |
| 2660 | } |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1, |
| 2663 | "overload-choice"); |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1) |
| 2666 | { |
| 2667 | syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]]; |
| 2668 | if (blocks != NULL) |
| 2669 | blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]]; |
| 2670 | } |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | return n_chosen; |
| 2673 | } |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the |
| 2676 | range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing |
| 2677 | order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N. |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line |
| 2680 | separated by blanks, encoding them as follows: |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error. |
| 2683 | + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. |
| 2684 | + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1. |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values. |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input |
| 2689 | prompts (for use with the -f switch). */ |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | int |
| 2692 | get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results, |
| 2693 | int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix) |
| 2694 | { |
| 2695 | int i; |
| 2696 | char *args; |
| 2697 | const char *prompt; |
| 2698 | int n_chosen; |
| 2699 | int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1; |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | prompt = getenv ("PS2"); |
| 2702 | if (prompt == NULL) |
| 2703 | prompt = ">"; |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt); |
| 2706 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix); |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | if (args == NULL) |
| 2711 | error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers"); |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | n_chosen = 0; |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending |
| 2716 | order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */ |
| 2717 | while (1) |
| 2718 | { |
| 2719 | char *args2; |
| 2720 | int choice, j; |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | while (isspace (*args)) |
| 2723 | args += 1; |
| 2724 | if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0) |
| 2725 | error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers"); |
| 2726 | else if (*args == '\0') |
| 2727 | break; |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10); |
| 2730 | if (args == args2 || choice < 0 |
| 2731 | || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1) |
| 2732 | error ("Argument must be choice number"); |
| 2733 | args = args2; |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | if (choice == 0) |
| 2736 | error ("cancelled"); |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | if (choice < first_choice) |
| 2739 | { |
| 2740 | n_chosen = n_choices; |
| 2741 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 2742 | choices[j] = j; |
| 2743 | break; |
| 2744 | } |
| 2745 | choice -= first_choice; |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1) |
| 2748 | { |
| 2749 | } |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j]) |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | int k; |
| 2754 | for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1) |
| 2755 | choices[k + 1] = choices[k]; |
| 2756 | choices[j + 1] = choice; |
| 2757 | n_chosen += 1; |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | if (n_chosen > max_results) |
| 2762 | error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results); |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | return n_chosen; |
| 2765 | } |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */ |
| 2768 | /* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */ |
| 2769 | /* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */ |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | static void |
| 2772 | replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs, |
| 2773 | int oplen, struct symbol *sym, |
| 2774 | struct block *block) |
| 2775 | { |
| 2776 | /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function |
| 2777 | symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */ |
| 2778 | struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *) |
| 2779 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression) |
| 2780 | + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen)); |
| 2781 | struct expression *exp = *expp; |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen; |
| 2784 | newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn; |
| 2785 | memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc)); |
| 2786 | memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen, |
| 2787 | EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen)); |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL; |
| 2790 | newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs; |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 2793 | newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block; |
| 2794 | newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym; |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | *expp = newexp; |
| 2797 | xfree (exp); |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | /* Type-class predicates */ |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */ |
| 2803 | /* FLOAT.) */ |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | static int |
| 2806 | numeric_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 2807 | { |
| 2808 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2809 | return 0; |
| 2810 | else |
| 2811 | { |
| 2812 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2813 | { |
| 2814 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2815 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 2816 | return 1; |
| 2817 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2818 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 2819 | || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 2820 | default: |
| 2821 | return 0; |
| 2822 | } |
| 2823 | } |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */ |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | static int |
| 2829 | integer_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 2830 | { |
| 2831 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2832 | return 0; |
| 2833 | else |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2836 | { |
| 2837 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2838 | return 1; |
| 2839 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2840 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 2841 | || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 2842 | default: |
| 2843 | return 0; |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | } |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */ |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | static int |
| 2851 | scalar_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 2852 | { |
| 2853 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2854 | return 0; |
| 2855 | else |
| 2856 | { |
| 2857 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2860 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2861 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2862 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 2863 | return 1; |
| 2864 | default: |
| 2865 | return 0; |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | } |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */ |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | static int |
| 2873 | discrete_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 2874 | { |
| 2875 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2876 | return 0; |
| 2877 | else |
| 2878 | { |
| 2879 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2880 | { |
| 2881 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2882 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2883 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 2884 | return 1; |
| 2885 | default: |
| 2886 | return 0; |
| 2887 | } |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | } |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | /* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be |
| 2892 | a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators |
| 2893 | (i.e., result 0). */ |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | static int |
| 2896 | possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[]) |
| 2897 | { |
| 2898 | struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0])); |
| 2899 | struct type *type1 = |
| 2900 | (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1])); |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | switch (op) |
| 2903 | { |
| 2904 | default: |
| 2905 | return 0; |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 2908 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 2909 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 2910 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 2911 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1))); |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 2914 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 2915 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 2916 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 2917 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 2918 | return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 2921 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 2922 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 2923 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 2924 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 2925 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 2926 | return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1))); |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 2929 | return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && |
| 2930 | (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR || |
| 2931 | TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)) |
| 2932 | != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) |
| 2933 | || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY && |
| 2934 | (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR || |
| 2935 | TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))); |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 2938 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 2941 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 2942 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 2943 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 2944 | return (!numeric_type_p (type0)); |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | } |
| 2948 | \f |
| 2949 | /* Renaming */ |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | /** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may |
| 2952 | * have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some |
| 2953 | * point. */ |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which |
| 2956 | * is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for |
| 2957 | * an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns |
| 2958 | * NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */ |
| 2959 | const char * |
| 2960 | ada_renaming_type (struct type *type) |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type); |
| 2965 | const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 2966 | if (suffix == NULL |
| 2967 | || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL)) |
| 2968 | return NULL; |
| 2969 | else |
| 2970 | return suffix + 3; |
| 2971 | } |
| 2972 | else |
| 2973 | return NULL; |
| 2974 | } |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */ |
| 2977 | int |
| 2978 | ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym) |
| 2979 | { |
| 2980 | const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 2981 | return renaming_type != NULL |
| 2982 | && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_'); |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original |
| 2986 | * name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of |
| 2987 | * parsing. */ |
| 2988 | const char * |
| 2989 | ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym) |
| 2990 | { |
| 2991 | struct type *type; |
| 2992 | const char *raw_name; |
| 2993 | int len; |
| 2994 | char *result; |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 2997 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1) |
| 2998 | error ("Improperly encoded renaming."); |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0); |
| 3001 | len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5; |
| 3002 | if (len <= 0) |
| 3003 | error ("Improperly encoded renaming."); |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | result = xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 3006 | /* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */ |
| 3007 | /* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */ |
| 3008 | strncpy (result, raw_name, len); |
| 3009 | result[len] = '\000'; |
| 3010 | return result; |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | \f |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | /* Evaluation: Function Calls */ |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | /* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack |
| 3017 | pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */ |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | static struct value * |
| 3020 | place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp; |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | #ifdef STACK_ALIGN |
| 3025 | *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3026 | STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH |
| 3027 | (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))))); |
| 3028 | #else |
| 3029 | *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3030 | TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))); |
| 3031 | #endif |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory; |
| 3034 | if (INNER_THAN (1, 2)) |
| 3035 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp; |
| 3036 | else |
| 3037 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp; |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | return val; |
| 3040 | } |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a |
| 3043 | formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for |
| 3044 | allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of |
| 3045 | values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */ |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | static struct value * |
| 3048 | convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0, |
| 3049 | CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3050 | { |
| 3051 | struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual)); |
| 3052 | struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0); |
| 3053 | struct type *formal_target = |
| 3054 | TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 3055 | ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type; |
| 3056 | struct type *actual_target = |
| 3057 | TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 3058 | ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type; |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target) |
| 3061 | && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 3062 | return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp); |
| 3063 | else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3064 | { |
| 3065 | if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3066 | && ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target)) |
| 3067 | return desc_data (actual); |
| 3068 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3069 | { |
| 3070 | if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory) |
| 3071 | { |
| 3072 | struct value *val; |
| 3073 | actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual)); |
| 3074 | val = allocate_value (actual_type); |
| 3075 | memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), |
| 3076 | (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual), |
| 3077 | TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type)); |
| 3078 | actual = place_on_stack (val, sp); |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | return value_addr (actual); |
| 3081 | } |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3084 | return ada_value_ind (actual); |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | return actual; |
| 3087 | } |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at |
| 3091 | *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either |
| 3092 | an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer- |
| 3093 | to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value* |
| 3094 | representing a pointer to this descriptor. */ |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | static struct value * |
| 3097 | make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3098 | { |
| 3099 | struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type); |
| 3100 | struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 3101 | struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type); |
| 3102 | struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type); |
| 3103 | CORE_ADDR bounds_addr; |
| 3104 | int i; |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 3107 | { |
| 3108 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds), |
| 3109 | value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)), |
| 3110 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0), |
| 3111 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0)); |
| 3112 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds), |
| 3113 | value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)), |
| 3114 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1), |
| 3115 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1)); |
| 3116 | } |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp); |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor), |
| 3121 | arr, |
| 3122 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 3123 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 3124 | modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor), |
| 3125 | VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds), |
| 3126 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 3127 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp); |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3132 | return value_addr (descriptor); |
| 3133 | else |
| 3134 | return descriptor; |
| 3135 | } |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any |
| 3139 | conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual |
| 3140 | parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does |
| 3141 | nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS |
| 3142 | does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a |
| 3143 | stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its |
| 3144 | value as needed. */ |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | void |
| 3147 | ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[], |
| 3148 | CORE_ADDR *sp) |
| 3149 | { |
| 3150 | int i; |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0 |
| 3153 | || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func))) |
| 3154 | return; |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 3157 | args[i] = |
| 3158 | convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp); |
| 3159 | } |
| 3160 | \f |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | /* Symbol Lookup */ |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | /* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */ |
| 3166 | /* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */ |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | /* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */ |
| 3169 | static size_t defn_vector_size = 0; |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | /* Current number of symbols found. */ |
| 3172 | static int ndefns = 0; |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL; |
| 3175 | static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL; |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in |
| 3178 | * given DOMAIN. */ |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | static struct symbol * |
| 3181 | standard_lookup (const char *name, domain_enum domain) |
| 3182 | { |
| 3183 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3184 | struct symtab *symtab; |
| 3185 | sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, domain, 0, &symtab); |
| 3186 | return sym; |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */ |
| 3191 | /* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */ |
| 3192 | /* contend in overloading in the same way. */ |
| 3193 | static int |
| 3194 | is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n) |
| 3195 | { |
| 3196 | int i; |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 3199 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC |
| 3200 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3201 | return 1; |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | return 0; |
| 3204 | } |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent |
| 3207 | struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */ |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | static int |
| 3210 | equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 3211 | { |
| 3212 | if (type0 == type1) |
| 3213 | return 1; |
| 3214 | if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL |
| 3215 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1)) |
| 3216 | return 0; |
| 3217 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 3218 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3219 | && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL |
| 3220 | && STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1))) |
| 3221 | return 1; |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | return 0; |
| 3224 | } |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is |
| 3227 | no more defined than that of SYM1. */ |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | static int |
| 3230 | lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1) |
| 3231 | { |
| 3232 | if (sym0 == sym1) |
| 3233 | return 1; |
| 3234 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1) |
| 3235 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1)) |
| 3236 | return 0; |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0)) |
| 3239 | { |
| 3240 | case LOC_UNDEF: |
| 3241 | return 1; |
| 3242 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 3243 | { |
| 3244 | struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0); |
| 3245 | struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1); |
| 3246 | char *name0 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym0); |
| 3247 | char *name1 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym1); |
| 3248 | int len0 = strlen (name0); |
| 3249 | return |
| 3250 | TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1) |
| 3251 | && (equiv_types (type0, type1) |
| 3252 | || (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0) |
| 3253 | && STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5))); |
| 3254 | } |
| 3255 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 3256 | return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1) |
| 3257 | && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1)); |
| 3258 | default: |
| 3259 | return 0; |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | } |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | /* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of |
| 3264 | defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and |
| 3265 | defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */ |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | static void |
| 3268 | add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block) |
| 3269 | { |
| 3270 | int i; |
| 3271 | size_t tmp; |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL) |
| 3274 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 3275 | for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1) |
| 3276 | { |
| 3277 | if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i])) |
| 3278 | return; |
| 3279 | else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym)) |
| 3280 | { |
| 3281 | defn_symbols[i] = sym; |
| 3282 | defn_blocks[i] = block; |
| 3283 | return; |
| 3284 | } |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | tmp = defn_vector_size; |
| 3288 | GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2); |
| 3289 | GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2); |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym; |
| 3292 | defn_blocks[ndefns] = block; |
| 3293 | ndefns += 1; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given domain. |
| 3297 | Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do |
| 3298 | wild-card match if WILD. */ |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | static struct partial_symbol * |
| 3301 | ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name, |
| 3302 | int global, domain_enum domain, int wild) |
| 3303 | { |
| 3304 | struct partial_symbol **start; |
| 3305 | int name_len = strlen (name); |
| 3306 | int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms); |
| 3307 | int i; |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | if (length == 0) |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | return (NULL); |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | start = (global ? |
| 3315 | pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset : |
| 3316 | pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset); |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | if (wild) |
| 3319 | { |
| 3320 | for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1) |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain && |
| 3325 | wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym))) |
| 3326 | return psym; |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | return NULL; |
| 3329 | } |
| 3330 | else |
| 3331 | { |
| 3332 | if (global) |
| 3333 | { |
| 3334 | int U; |
| 3335 | i = 0; |
| 3336 | U = length - 1; |
| 3337 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 3338 | { |
| 3339 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 3340 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M]; |
| 3341 | if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0]) |
| 3342 | i = M + 1; |
| 3343 | else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0]) |
| 3344 | U = M - 1; |
| 3345 | else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0) |
| 3346 | i = M + 1; |
| 3347 | else |
| 3348 | U = M; |
| 3349 | } |
| 3350 | } |
| 3351 | else |
| 3352 | i = 0; |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | while (i < length) |
| 3355 | { |
| 3356 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 3357 | |
| 3358 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain) |
| 3359 | { |
| 3360 | int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len); |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 3363 | { |
| 3364 | if (global) |
| 3365 | break; |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 3368 | && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len)) |
| 3369 | return psym; |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | i += 1; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | if (global) |
| 3375 | { |
| 3376 | int U; |
| 3377 | i = 0; |
| 3378 | U = length - 1; |
| 3379 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 3380 | { |
| 3381 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 3382 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M]; |
| 3383 | if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_') |
| 3384 | i = M + 1; |
| 3385 | else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_') |
| 3386 | U = M - 1; |
| 3387 | else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0) |
| 3388 | i = M + 1; |
| 3389 | else |
| 3390 | U = M; |
| 3391 | } |
| 3392 | } |
| 3393 | else |
| 3394 | i = 0; |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | while (i < length) |
| 3397 | { |
| 3398 | struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i]; |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain) |
| 3401 | { |
| 3402 | int cmp; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0]; |
| 3405 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 3406 | { |
| 3407 | cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5); |
| 3408 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 3409 | cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len); |
| 3410 | } |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 3413 | { |
| 3414 | if (global) |
| 3415 | break; |
| 3416 | } |
| 3417 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 3418 | && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5)) |
| 3419 | return psym; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | i += 1; |
| 3422 | } |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | } |
| 3425 | return NULL; |
| 3426 | } |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */ |
| 3430 | static struct symtab * |
| 3431 | symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | struct symtab *s; |
| 3434 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 3435 | struct block *b; |
| 3436 | struct symbol *tmp_sym; |
| 3437 | int i, j; |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 3440 | { |
| 3441 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 3442 | { |
| 3443 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 3444 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 3445 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 3446 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 3447 | case LOC_LABEL: |
| 3448 | case LOC_BLOCK: |
| 3449 | case LOC_CONST_BYTES: |
| 3450 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 3451 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 3452 | return s; |
| 3453 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 3454 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 3455 | return s; |
| 3456 | break; |
| 3457 | default: |
| 3458 | break; |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 3461 | { |
| 3462 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 3463 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 3464 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 3465 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 3466 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 3467 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 3468 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 3469 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 3470 | case LOC_BASEREG: |
| 3471 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 3472 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 3473 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 3474 | for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; |
| 3475 | j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1) |
| 3476 | { |
| 3477 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j); |
| 3478 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym) |
| 3479 | return s; |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | break; |
| 3482 | default: |
| 3483 | break; |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | return NULL; |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling |
| 3490 | rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */ |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | struct minimal_symbol * |
| 3493 | ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name) |
| 3494 | { |
| 3495 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 3496 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 3497 | int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL); |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match) |
| 3502 | && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 3503 | return msymbol; |
| 3504 | } |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | return NULL; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the |
| 3510 | * selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN |
| 3511 | * and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for |
| 3512 | * ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a |
| 3513 | * wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to |
| 3514 | * find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the |
| 3515 | * pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a |
| 3516 | * frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a |
| 3517 | * frame with that same local-variable base. */ |
| 3518 | static void |
| 3519 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, domain_enum domain, |
| 3520 | int wild_match) |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | #ifdef i386 |
| 3523 | static struct symbol static_link_sym; |
| 3524 | static struct symbol *static_link; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 3527 | struct frame_info *frame; |
| 3528 | struct frame_info *target_frame; |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | if (static_link == NULL) |
| 3531 | { |
| 3532 | /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the |
| 3533 | * static link (when it exists). */ |
| 3534 | static_link = &static_link_sym; |
| 3535 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = ""; |
| 3536 | SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown; |
| 3537 | SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL; |
| 3538 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (static_link) = VAR_DOMAIN; |
| 3539 | SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void); |
| 3540 | SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) = |
| 3541 | -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link)); |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | frame = deprecated_selected_frame; |
| 3545 | while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0) |
| 3546 | { |
| 3547 | struct block *block; |
| 3548 | struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame); |
| 3549 | CORE_ADDR target_link; |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | if (target_link_val == NULL) |
| 3552 | break; |
| 3553 | QUIT; |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | target_link = target_link_val; |
| 3556 | do |
| 3557 | { |
| 3558 | QUIT; |
| 3559 | frame = get_prev_frame (frame); |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link); |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | if (frame == NULL) |
| 3564 | break; |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | block = get_frame_block (frame, 0); |
| 3567 | while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0) |
| 3568 | { |
| 3569 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match); |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 3576 | #endif |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol |
| 3580 | * for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */ |
| 3581 | static int |
| 3582 | is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type) |
| 3583 | { |
| 3584 | char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 3585 | return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>")); |
| 3586 | } |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely |
| 3589 | * duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where |
| 3590 | * this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are |
| 3591 | * linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no |
| 3592 | * debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols, |
| 3593 | * and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the |
| 3594 | * correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number |
| 3595 | * of symbols in the modified list. */ |
| 3596 | static int |
| 3597 | remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms) |
| 3598 | { |
| 3599 | int i, j; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | i = 0; |
| 3602 | while (i < nsyms) |
| 3603 | { |
| 3604 | if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL |
| 3605 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC |
| 3606 | && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))) |
| 3607 | { |
| 3608 | for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1) |
| 3609 | { |
| 3610 | if (i != j |
| 3611 | && DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL |
| 3612 | && STREQ (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j])) |
| 3613 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j]) |
| 3614 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i]) |
| 3615 | == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j])) |
| 3616 | { |
| 3617 | int k; |
| 3618 | for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 3619 | { |
| 3620 | syms[k - 1] = syms[k]; |
| 3621 | blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k]; |
| 3622 | } |
| 3623 | nsyms -= 1; |
| 3624 | goto NextSymbol; |
| 3625 | } |
| 3626 | } |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | i += 1; |
| 3629 | NextSymbol: |
| 3630 | ; |
| 3631 | } |
| 3632 | return nsyms; |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 3636 | scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets |
| 3637 | *SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS |
| 3638 | pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those |
| 3639 | symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the |
| 3640 | next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol |
| 3641 | match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0, |
| 3642 | is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or |
| 3643 | enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or |
| 3644 | surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */ |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | int |
| 3647 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0, |
| 3648 | domain_enum domain, struct symbol ***syms, |
| 3649 | struct block ***blocks) |
| 3650 | { |
| 3651 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3652 | struct symtab *s; |
| 3653 | struct partial_symtab *ps; |
| 3654 | struct blockvector *bv; |
| 3655 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 3656 | struct block *b; |
| 3657 | struct block *block; |
| 3658 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 3659 | int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL); |
| 3660 | int cacheIfUnique; |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | #ifdef TIMING |
| 3663 | markTimeStart (0); |
| 3664 | #endif |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | ndefns = 0; |
| 3667 | cacheIfUnique = 0; |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | /* Search specified block and its superiors. */ |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | block = block0; |
| 3672 | while (block != NULL) |
| 3673 | { |
| 3674 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match); |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */ |
| 3677 | if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns)) |
| 3678 | goto done; |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 3681 | } |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | /* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */ |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | if (ndefns > 0) |
| 3686 | goto done; |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | cacheIfUnique = 1; |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol |
| 3691 | tables, and psymtab's */ |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 3694 | { |
| 3695 | QUIT; |
| 3696 | if (!s->primary) |
| 3697 | continue; |
| 3698 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 3699 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 3700 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match); |
| 3701 | } |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 3704 | { |
| 3705 | ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)) |
| 3708 | { |
| 3709 | switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol)) |
| 3710 | { |
| 3711 | case mst_solib_trampoline: |
| 3712 | break; |
| 3713 | default: |
| 3714 | s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)); |
| 3715 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3716 | { |
| 3717 | int old_ndefns = ndefns; |
| 3718 | QUIT; |
| 3719 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 3720 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 3721 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, |
| 3722 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), |
| 3723 | domain, objfile, wild_match); |
| 3724 | if (ndefns == old_ndefns) |
| 3725 | { |
| 3726 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 3727 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, |
| 3728 | DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), |
| 3729 | domain, objfile, |
| 3730 | wild_match); |
| 3731 | } |
| 3732 | } |
| 3733 | } |
| 3734 | } |
| 3735 | } |
| 3736 | } |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | QUIT; |
| 3741 | if (!ps->readin |
| 3742 | && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, domain, wild_match)) |
| 3743 | { |
| 3744 | s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 3745 | if (!s->primary) |
| 3746 | continue; |
| 3747 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 3748 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 3749 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match); |
| 3750 | } |
| 3751 | } |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits. |
| 3754 | (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). |
| 3755 | Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */ |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | if (ndefns == 0) |
| 3758 | { |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 3761 | { |
| 3762 | QUIT; |
| 3763 | if (!s->primary) |
| 3764 | continue; |
| 3765 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 3766 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 3767 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match); |
| 3768 | } |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 3771 | { |
| 3772 | QUIT; |
| 3773 | if (!ps->readin |
| 3774 | && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, domain, wild_match)) |
| 3775 | { |
| 3776 | s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 3777 | bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 3778 | if (!s->primary) |
| 3779 | continue; |
| 3780 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 3781 | ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, |
| 3782 | objfile, wild_match); |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | } |
| 3785 | } |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | /* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically |
| 3788 | enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be |
| 3789 | rare. */ |
| 3790 | if (ndefns == 0) |
| 3791 | { |
| 3792 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, domain, wild_match); |
| 3793 | if (ndefns > 0) |
| 3794 | goto done; |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | done: |
| 3798 | ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns); |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | *syms = defn_symbols; |
| 3802 | *blocks = defn_blocks; |
| 3803 | #ifdef TIMING |
| 3804 | markTimeStop (0); |
| 3805 | #endif |
| 3806 | return ndefns; |
| 3807 | } |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 3810 | * scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to |
| 3811 | * lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes. |
| 3812 | * Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is |
| 3813 | * disambiguated by user query if needed. */ |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | struct symbol * |
| 3816 | ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0, |
| 3817 | domain_enum domain) |
| 3818 | { |
| 3819 | struct symbol **candidate_syms; |
| 3820 | struct block **candidate_blocks; |
| 3821 | int n_candidates; |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, |
| 3824 | block0, domain, |
| 3825 | &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks); |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 3828 | return NULL; |
| 3829 | else if (n_candidates != 1) |
| 3830 | user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1); |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | return candidate_syms[0]; |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name |
| 3837 | * that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel |
| 3838 | * names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes |
| 3839 | * are given by the regular expression: |
| 3840 | * (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$ |
| 3841 | * |
| 3842 | */ |
| 3843 | static int |
| 3844 | is_name_suffix (const char *str) |
| 3845 | { |
| 3846 | int k; |
| 3847 | if (str[0] == 'X') |
| 3848 | { |
| 3849 | str += 1; |
| 3850 | while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0') |
| 3851 | { |
| 3852 | if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b') |
| 3853 | return 0; |
| 3854 | str += 1; |
| 3855 | } |
| 3856 | } |
| 3857 | if (str[0] == '\000') |
| 3858 | return 1; |
| 3859 | if (str[0] == '_') |
| 3860 | { |
| 3861 | if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000') |
| 3862 | return 0; |
| 3863 | if (str[2] == '_') |
| 3864 | { |
| 3865 | if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM")) |
| 3866 | return 1; |
| 3867 | if (str[3] != 'X') |
| 3868 | return 0; |
| 3869 | if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' || |
| 3870 | str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P') |
| 3871 | return 1; |
| 3872 | if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T') |
| 3873 | return 1; |
| 3874 | return 0; |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 3877 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 3878 | return 0; |
| 3879 | return 1; |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000') |
| 3882 | { |
| 3883 | for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 3884 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 3885 | return 0; |
| 3886 | return 1; |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | return 0; |
| 3889 | } |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and |
| 3892 | * PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores |
| 3893 | * informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is |
| 3894 | * true). */ |
| 3895 | static int |
| 3896 | wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name) |
| 3897 | { |
| 3898 | int name_len; |
| 3899 | int s, e; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | name_len = strlen (name); |
| 3902 | if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5) |
| 3903 | && STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len) |
| 3904 | && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5)) |
| 3905 | return 1; |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | while (name_len >= patn_len) |
| 3908 | { |
| 3909 | if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len)) |
| 3910 | return 1; |
| 3911 | do |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | name += 1; |
| 3914 | name_len -= 1; |
| 3915 | } |
| 3916 | while (name_len > 0 |
| 3917 | && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_')); |
| 3918 | if (name_len <= 0) |
| 3919 | return 0; |
| 3920 | if (name[0] == '_') |
| 3921 | { |
| 3922 | if (!islower (name[2])) |
| 3923 | return 0; |
| 3924 | name += 2; |
| 3925 | name_len -= 2; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | else |
| 3928 | { |
| 3929 | if (!islower (name[1])) |
| 3930 | return 0; |
| 3931 | name += 1; |
| 3932 | name_len -= 1; |
| 3933 | } |
| 3934 | } |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | return 0; |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to |
| 3941 | vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of |
| 3942 | the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols |
| 3943 | currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a |
| 3944 | wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */ |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | static void |
| 3947 | ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name, |
| 3948 | domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile, |
| 3949 | int wild) |
| 3950 | { |
| 3951 | int i; |
| 3952 | int name_len = strlen (name); |
| 3953 | /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */ |
| 3954 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 3955 | /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */ |
| 3956 | int found_sym; |
| 3957 | int is_sorted = BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (block); |
| 3958 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 3961 | found_sym = 0; |
| 3962 | if (wild) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 3965 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym) |
| 3966 | { |
| 3967 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain && |
| 3968 | wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym))) |
| 3969 | { |
| 3970 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 3971 | { |
| 3972 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 3973 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 3974 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 3975 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 3976 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 3977 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 3978 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 3979 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 3980 | break; |
| 3981 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 3982 | continue; |
| 3983 | default: |
| 3984 | found_sym = 1; |
| 3985 | fill_in_ada_prototype (sym); |
| 3986 | add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block); |
| 3987 | break; |
| 3988 | } |
| 3989 | } |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | else |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | if (is_sorted) |
| 3995 | { |
| 3996 | int U; |
| 3997 | i = 0; |
| 3998 | U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1; |
| 3999 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 4000 | { |
| 4001 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 4002 | struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M); |
| 4003 | if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < name[0]) |
| 4004 | i = M + 1; |
| 4005 | else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0]) |
| 4006 | U = M - 1; |
| 4007 | else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name) < 0) |
| 4008 | i = M + 1; |
| 4009 | else |
| 4010 | U = M; |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | else |
| 4014 | i = 0; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1) |
| 4017 | for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain) |
| 4020 | { |
| 4021 | int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len); |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | if (is_sorted) |
| 4026 | { |
| 4027 | i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); |
| 4028 | break; |
| 4029 | } |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 4032 | && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len)) |
| 4033 | { |
| 4034 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 4037 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 4038 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 4039 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 4040 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 4041 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 4042 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 4043 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 4044 | break; |
| 4045 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 4046 | break; |
| 4047 | default: |
| 4048 | found_sym = 1; |
| 4049 | fill_in_ada_prototype (sym); |
| 4050 | add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 4051 | block); |
| 4052 | break; |
| 4053 | } |
| 4054 | } |
| 4055 | } |
| 4056 | } |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 4060 | { |
| 4061 | fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym); |
| 4062 | add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block); |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | if (!wild) |
| 4066 | { |
| 4067 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 4068 | found_sym = 0; |
| 4069 | if (is_sorted) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | int U; |
| 4072 | i = 0; |
| 4073 | U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1; |
| 4074 | while (U - i > 4) |
| 4075 | { |
| 4076 | int M = (U + i) >> 1; |
| 4077 | struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M); |
| 4078 | if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < '_') |
| 4079 | i = M + 1; |
| 4080 | else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > '_') |
| 4081 | U = M - 1; |
| 4082 | else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_ada_") < 0) |
| 4083 | i = M + 1; |
| 4084 | else |
| 4085 | U = M; |
| 4086 | } |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | else |
| 4089 | i = 0; |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1) |
| 4092 | for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next) |
| 4093 | { |
| 4094 | struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i); |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain) |
| 4097 | { |
| 4098 | int cmp; |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0]; |
| 4101 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 4102 | { |
| 4103 | cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5); |
| 4104 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 4105 | cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len); |
| 4106 | } |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 4109 | { |
| 4110 | if (is_sorted) |
| 4111 | { |
| 4112 | i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); |
| 4113 | break; |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | } |
| 4116 | else if (cmp == 0 |
| 4117 | && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5)) |
| 4118 | { |
| 4119 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4120 | { |
| 4121 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 4122 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 4123 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 4124 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 4125 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 4126 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 4127 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 4128 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 4129 | break; |
| 4130 | case LOC_UNRESOLVED: |
| 4131 | break; |
| 4132 | default: |
| 4133 | found_sym = 1; |
| 4134 | fill_in_ada_prototype (sym); |
| 4135 | add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 4136 | block); |
| 4137 | break; |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | } |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | } |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols. |
| 4144 | They aren't parameters, right? */ |
| 4145 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 4146 | { |
| 4147 | fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym); |
| 4148 | add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block); |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | } |
| 4152 | \f |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | /* Function Types */ |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | /* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type |
| 4157 | with prototype information, if it is not already there. */ |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | static void |
| 4160 | fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func) |
| 4161 | { |
| 4162 | struct block *b; |
| 4163 | int nargs, nsyms; |
| 4164 | int i; |
| 4165 | struct type *ftype; |
| 4166 | struct type *rtype; |
| 4167 | size_t max_fields; |
| 4168 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | if (func == NULL |
| 4171 | || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC |
| 4172 | || TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL) |
| 4173 | return; |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | /* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */ |
| 4176 | /* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */ |
| 4177 | /* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */ |
| 4178 | /* function type is being built (FIXME). */ |
| 4179 | rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func))); |
| 4180 | ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func))); |
| 4181 | make_function_type (rtype, &ftype); |
| 4182 | SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype; |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func); |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | nargs = 0; |
| 4187 | max_fields = 8; |
| 4188 | TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = |
| 4189 | (struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields); |
| 4190 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym) |
| 4191 | { |
| 4192 | GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1); |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4195 | { |
| 4196 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 4197 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 4198 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs; |
| 4199 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0; |
| 4200 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0; |
| 4201 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = |
| 4202 | lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))); |
| 4203 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); |
| 4204 | nargs += 1; |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | break; |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 4209 | case LOC_REGPARM: |
| 4210 | case LOC_LOCAL_ARG: |
| 4211 | case LOC_BASEREG_ARG: |
| 4212 | case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG: |
| 4213 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs; |
| 4214 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0; |
| 4215 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0; |
| 4216 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 4217 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym); |
| 4218 | nargs += 1; |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | break; |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 | default: |
| 4223 | break; |
| 4224 | } |
| 4225 | } |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | /* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */ |
| 4228 | /* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */ |
| 4229 | /* has been filled in. */ |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs; |
| 4232 | if (nargs == 0) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
| 4235 | xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype)); |
| 4236 | TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field; |
| 4237 | } |
| 4238 | else |
| 4239 | { |
| 4240 | struct field *fields = |
| 4241 | (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 4242 | memcpy ((char *) fields, |
| 4243 | (char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 4244 | xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype)); |
| 4245 | TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields; |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | \f |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | /* Breakpoint-related */ |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | char no_symtab_msg[] = |
| 4253 | "No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command."; |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to |
| 4256 | 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment |
| 4257 | of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE. |
| 4258 | */ |
| 4259 | char * |
| 4260 | ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line) |
| 4261 | { |
| 4262 | /* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be |
| 4263 | the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */ |
| 4264 | char *p; |
| 4265 | for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1) |
| 4266 | ; |
| 4267 | return p; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break |
| 4271 | command), following any initial file name specification. |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the |
| 4274 | information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the |
| 4275 | following sense: |
| 4276 | + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file |
| 4277 | named by FILE_TABLE. |
| 4278 | + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM', |
| 4279 | then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as |
| 4280 | possible). |
| 4281 | + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with |
| 4282 | that name. |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found. |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME |
| 4287 | is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject |
| 4288 | to the usual mangling. |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification. |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code |
| 4293 | in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.). |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a |
| 4296 | 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array |
| 4297 | of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned |
| 4298 | list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a |
| 4299 | canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no |
| 4300 | canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null, |
| 4301 | *CANONICAL is set to NULL. |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the |
| 4304 | breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position, |
| 4305 | with no further contextual information or user selection. It is |
| 4306 | needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number |
| 4307 | information supplied is insufficient for this unique |
| 4308 | identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*', |
| 4309 | or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec. |
| 4310 | The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it |
| 4311 | is the caller's responsibility to free them. */ |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 4314 | ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table, |
| 4315 | int funfirstline, char ***canonical) |
| 4316 | { |
| 4317 | struct symbol **symbols; |
| 4318 | struct block **blocks; |
| 4319 | struct block *block; |
| 4320 | int n_matches, i, line_num; |
| 4321 | struct symtabs_and_lines selected; |
| 4322 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 4323 | char *name; |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | int len; |
| 4326 | char *lower_name; |
| 4327 | char *unquoted_name; |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | if (file_table == NULL) |
| 4330 | block = get_selected_block (NULL); |
| 4331 | else |
| 4332 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | if (canonical != NULL) |
| 4335 | *canonical = (char **) NULL; |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | name = *spec; |
| 4338 | if (**spec == '*') |
| 4339 | *spec += 1; |
| 4340 | else |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | while (**spec != '\000' && |
| 4343 | !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec)) |
| 4344 | *spec += 1; |
| 4345 | } |
| 4346 | len = *spec - name; |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | line_num = -1; |
| 4349 | if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1])) |
| 4350 | { |
| 4351 | line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10); |
| 4352 | while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t') |
| 4353 | *spec += 1; |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | if (name[0] == '*') |
| 4357 | { |
| 4358 | if (line_num == -1) |
| 4359 | error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name."); |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical); |
| 4362 | } |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 4365 | { |
| 4366 | name += 1; |
| 4367 | len -= 2; |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | if (name[0] == '<') |
| 4371 | { |
| 4372 | unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1); |
| 4373 | memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2); |
| 4374 | unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 4375 | lower_name = NULL; |
| 4376 | } |
| 4377 | else |
| 4378 | { |
| 4379 | unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1); |
| 4380 | memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len); |
| 4381 | unquoted_name[len] = '\000'; |
| 4382 | lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1); |
| 4383 | for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1) |
| 4384 | lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 4385 | lower_name[len] = '\000'; |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | n_matches = 0; |
| 4389 | if (lower_name != NULL) |
| 4390 | n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block, |
| 4391 | VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks); |
| 4392 | if (n_matches == 0) |
| 4393 | n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block, |
| 4394 | VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks); |
| 4395 | if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0) |
| 4396 | error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name); |
| 4397 | else if (n_matches == 0) |
| 4398 | { |
| 4399 | #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG |
| 4400 | /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */ |
| 4401 | #undef volatile |
| 4402 | volatile struct symtab_and_line val; |
| 4403 | #define volatile /*nothing */ |
| 4404 | #else |
| 4405 | struct symtab_and_line val; |
| 4406 | #endif |
| 4407 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol; |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | init_sal (&val); |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | msymbol = NULL; |
| 4412 | if (lower_name != NULL) |
| 4413 | msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name)); |
| 4414 | if (msymbol == NULL) |
| 4415 | msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name); |
| 4416 | if (msymbol != NULL) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); |
| 4419 | val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol); |
| 4420 | if (funfirstline) |
| 4421 | { |
| 4422 | val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET; |
| 4423 | SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc); |
| 4424 | } |
| 4425 | selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| 4426 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); |
| 4427 | selected.sals[0] = val; |
| 4428 | selected.nelts = 1; |
| 4429 | return selected; |
| 4430 | } |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | if (!have_full_symbols () && |
| 4433 | !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ()) |
| 4434 | error (no_symtab_msg); |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name); |
| 4437 | return selected; /* for lint */ |
| 4438 | } |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | if (line_num >= 0) |
| 4441 | { |
| 4442 | return |
| 4443 | find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num, |
| 4444 | symbols, n_matches); |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | else |
| 4447 | { |
| 4448 | selected.nelts = |
| 4449 | user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches); |
| 4450 | } |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) |
| 4453 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts); |
| 4454 | memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i])); |
| 4455 | make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals); |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | i = 0; |
| 4458 | while (i < selected.nelts) |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 4461 | selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline); |
| 4462 | else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]); |
| 4465 | selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]); |
| 4466 | } |
| 4467 | else if (line_num >= 0) |
| 4468 | { |
| 4469 | /* Ignore this choice */ |
| 4470 | symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1]; |
| 4471 | blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1]; |
| 4472 | selected.nelts -= 1; |
| 4473 | continue; |
| 4474 | } |
| 4475 | else |
| 4476 | error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name); |
| 4477 | i += 1; |
| 4478 | } |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1)) |
| 4481 | { |
| 4482 | *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts); |
| 4483 | for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1) |
| 4484 | (*canonical)[i] = |
| 4485 | extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i], |
| 4486 | SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbols[i])); |
| 4487 | } |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4490 | return selected; |
| 4491 | } |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table |
| 4494 | with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed |
| 4495 | in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */ |
| 4496 | static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 4497 | find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num, |
| 4498 | struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms) |
| 4499 | { |
| 4500 | struct symtabs_and_lines sals; |
| 4501 | int best_index, best; |
| 4502 | struct linetable *best_linetable; |
| 4503 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4504 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4505 | struct symtab *best_symtab; |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | read_all_symtabs (filename); |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | best_index = 0; |
| 4510 | best_linetable = NULL; |
| 4511 | best_symtab = NULL; |
| 4512 | best = 0; |
| 4513 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4514 | { |
| 4515 | struct linetable *l; |
| 4516 | int ind, exact; |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | QUIT; |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename)) |
| 4521 | continue; |
| 4522 | l = LINETABLE (s); |
| 4523 | ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact); |
| 4524 | if (ind >= 0) |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | if (exact) |
| 4527 | { |
| 4528 | best_index = ind; |
| 4529 | best_linetable = l; |
| 4530 | best_symtab = s; |
| 4531 | goto done; |
| 4532 | } |
| 4533 | if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best) |
| 4534 | { |
| 4535 | best = l->item[ind].line; |
| 4536 | best_index = ind; |
| 4537 | best_linetable = l; |
| 4538 | best_symtab = s; |
| 4539 | } |
| 4540 | } |
| 4541 | } |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | if (best == 0) |
| 4544 | error ("Line number not found in designated function."); |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | done: |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | sals.nelts = 1; |
| 4549 | sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0])); |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | init_sal (&sals.sals[0]); |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line; |
| 4554 | sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc; |
| 4555 | sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab; |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | return sals; |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose |
| 4561 | pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1]. |
| 4562 | Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */ |
| 4563 | static int |
| 4564 | find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num, |
| 4565 | struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp) |
| 4566 | { |
| 4567 | int i, len, best_index, best; |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL) |
| 4570 | return -1; |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 4573 | for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1) |
| 4574 | { |
| 4575 | int k; |
| 4576 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 4579 | { |
| 4580 | if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK |
| 4581 | && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])) |
| 4582 | && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))) |
| 4583 | goto candidate; |
| 4584 | } |
| 4585 | continue; |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | candidate: |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 4590 | { |
| 4591 | *exactp = 1; |
| 4592 | return i; |
| 4593 | } |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best)) |
| 4596 | { |
| 4597 | best = item->line; |
| 4598 | best_index = i; |
| 4599 | } |
| 4600 | } |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | *exactp = 0; |
| 4603 | return best_index; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in |
| 4607 | LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at |
| 4608 | or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */ |
| 4609 | static int |
| 4610 | nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num) |
| 4611 | { |
| 4612 | int i, len, best; |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0) |
| 4615 | return -1; |
| 4616 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | i = 0; |
| 4619 | best = INT_MAX; |
| 4620 | while (i < len) |
| 4621 | { |
| 4622 | int k; |
| 4623 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best) |
| 4626 | { |
| 4627 | char *func_name; |
| 4628 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | func_name = NULL; |
| 4631 | find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end); |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end) |
| 4634 | { |
| 4635 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 4636 | return line_num; |
| 4637 | else |
| 4638 | { |
| 4639 | struct symbol *sym = |
| 4640 | standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 4641 | if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num)) |
| 4642 | best = item->line; |
| 4643 | else |
| 4644 | { |
| 4645 | do |
| 4646 | i += 1; |
| 4647 | while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end); |
| 4648 | continue; |
| 4649 | } |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | } |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | i += 1; |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best; |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND, |
| 4662 | entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k |
| 4663 | corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that |
| 4664 | corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function |
| 4665 | that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE. |
| 4666 | Return -1 if there is no such k. |
| 4667 | IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */ |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | static int |
| 4670 | find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num, |
| 4671 | int starting_line, int ind) |
| 4672 | { |
| 4673 | int i, len; |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems) |
| 4676 | return -1; |
| 4677 | len = linetable->nitems; |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | if (ind >= 0) |
| 4680 | { |
| 4681 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc, |
| 4684 | (char **) NULL, &start, &end)) |
| 4685 | { |
| 4686 | while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end) |
| 4687 | ind += 1; |
| 4688 | } |
| 4689 | else |
| 4690 | ind += 1; |
| 4691 | } |
| 4692 | else |
| 4693 | ind = 0; |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | i = ind; |
| 4696 | while (i < len) |
| 4697 | { |
| 4698 | int k; |
| 4699 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]); |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | if (item->line >= line_num) |
| 4702 | { |
| 4703 | char *func_name; |
| 4704 | CORE_ADDR start, end; |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | func_name = NULL; |
| 4707 | find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end); |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end) |
| 4710 | { |
| 4711 | if (item->line == line_num) |
| 4712 | { |
| 4713 | struct symbol *sym = |
| 4714 | standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 4715 | if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line)) |
| 4716 | return i; |
| 4717 | else |
| 4718 | { |
| 4719 | while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end) |
| 4720 | i += 1; |
| 4721 | } |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | } |
| 4724 | } |
| 4725 | i += 1; |
| 4726 | } |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | return -1; |
| 4729 | } |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line # |
| 4732 | LINE_NUM. */ |
| 4733 | static int |
| 4734 | is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | struct symtab_and_line start_sal; |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 4739 | return 0; |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0); |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line); |
| 4744 | } |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | static void |
| 4747 | debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt) |
| 4748 | { |
| 4749 | int i; |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 | if (lt == NULL) |
| 4752 | return; |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | fprintf (stderr, "\t"); |
| 4755 | for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1) |
| 4756 | fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc); |
| 4757 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 4758 | } |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | static void |
| 4761 | debug_print_block (struct block *b) |
| 4762 | { |
| 4763 | int i; |
| 4764 | struct symbol *i; |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]", |
| 4767 | b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b)); |
| 4768 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL) |
| 4769 | fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b))); |
| 4770 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 4771 | fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)); |
| 4772 | fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:"); |
| 4773 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym) |
| 4774 | { |
| 4775 | if (i > 0 && i % 4 == 0) |
| 4776 | fprintf (stderr, "\n\t\t "); |
| 4777 | fprintf (stderr, " %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)); |
| 4778 | } |
| 4779 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | static void |
| 4783 | debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | int i; |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | if (bv == NULL) |
| 4788 | return; |
| 4789 | for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1) |
| 4790 | { |
| 4791 | fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i); |
| 4792 | debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i)); |
| 4793 | } |
| 4794 | } |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 | static void |
| 4797 | debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s) |
| 4798 | { |
| 4799 | fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s, |
| 4800 | s->filename, s->dirname); |
| 4801 | fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n", |
| 4802 | BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary); |
| 4803 | debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); |
| 4804 | fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s)); |
| 4805 | debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s)); |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables |
| 4809 | with file name FILENAME. */ |
| 4810 | static void |
| 4811 | read_all_symtabs (const char *filename) |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | struct partial_symtab *ps; |
| 4814 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps) |
| 4817 | { |
| 4818 | QUIT; |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename)) |
| 4821 | PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps); |
| 4822 | } |
| 4823 | } |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file |
| 4826 | FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set |
| 4827 | it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */ |
| 4828 | static struct symtabs_and_lines |
| 4829 | all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical) |
| 4830 | { |
| 4831 | struct symtabs_and_lines result; |
| 4832 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 4833 | struct symtab *s; |
| 4834 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); |
| 4835 | size_t len; |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | read_all_symtabs (filename); |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | result.sals = |
| 4840 | (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0])); |
| 4841 | result.nelts = 0; |
| 4842 | len = 4; |
| 4843 | make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals); |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s) |
| 4846 | { |
| 4847 | int ind, target_line_num; |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | QUIT; |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename)) |
| 4852 | continue; |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | target_line_num = |
| 4855 | nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num); |
| 4856 | if (target_line_num == -1) |
| 4857 | continue; |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | ind = -1; |
| 4860 | while (1) |
| 4861 | { |
| 4862 | ind = |
| 4863 | find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), |
| 4864 | target_line_num, line_num, ind); |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | if (ind < 0) |
| 4867 | break; |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1); |
| 4870 | init_sal (&result.sals[result.nelts]); |
| 4871 | result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line; |
| 4872 | result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc; |
| 4873 | result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s; |
| 4874 | result.nelts += 1; |
| 4875 | } |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1) |
| 4879 | { |
| 4880 | int k; |
| 4881 | char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *)); |
| 4882 | int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1; |
| 4883 | int n; |
| 4884 | int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int)); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 4887 | { |
| 4888 | find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k], |
| 4889 | (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL); |
| 4890 | if (func_names[k] == NULL) |
| 4891 | error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints."); |
| 4892 | } |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | if (result.nelts > 1) |
| 4895 | { |
| 4896 | printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n"); |
| 4897 | if (result.nelts > 1) |
| 4898 | printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n"); |
| 4899 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 4900 | printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice, |
| 4901 | ada_demangle (func_names[k])); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts, |
| 4904 | result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice"); |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1) |
| 4907 | { |
| 4908 | result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]]; |
| 4909 | func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]]; |
| 4910 | } |
| 4911 | result.nelts = n; |
| 4912 | } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | if (canonical != NULL) |
| 4915 | { |
| 4916 | *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **)); |
| 4917 | make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical); |
| 4918 | for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1) |
| 4919 | { |
| 4920 | (*canonical)[k] = |
| 4921 | extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]); |
| 4922 | if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL) |
| 4923 | error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints."); |
| 4924 | make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]); |
| 4925 | } |
| 4926 | } |
| 4927 | } |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | discard_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 4930 | return result; |
| 4931 | } |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for |
| 4935 | symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient |
| 4936 | information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space |
| 4937 | allocated. */ |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | static char * |
| 4940 | extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name) |
| 4941 | { |
| 4942 | char *r; |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0) |
| 4945 | return NULL; |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename) |
| 4948 | + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3); |
| 4949 | sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line); |
| 4950 | return r; |
| 4951 | } |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | #if 0 |
| 4954 | int begin_bnum = -1; |
| 4955 | #endif |
| 4956 | int begin_annotate_level = 0; |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | static void |
| 4959 | begin_cleanup (void *dummy) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | begin_annotate_level = 0; |
| 4962 | } |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | static void |
| 4965 | begin_command (char *args, int from_tty) |
| 4966 | { |
| 4967 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; |
| 4968 | CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr; |
| 4969 | char main_program_name[1024]; |
| 4970 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL); |
| 4971 | begin_annotate_level = 2; |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | /* Check that there is a program to debug */ |
| 4974 | if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ()) |
| 4975 | error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command."); |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | /* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */ |
| 4978 | /* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada) |
| 4979 | error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?"); |
| 4980 | */ |
| 4981 | /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */ |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | /* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */ |
| 4984 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL); |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | if (msym != NULL) |
| 4987 | { |
| 4988 | main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym); |
| 4989 | if (main_program_name_addr == 0) |
| 4990 | error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name."); |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 | /* Read the name of the main procedure */ |
| 4993 | extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name); |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */ |
| 4996 | do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0); |
| 4997 | do_command ("run ", args, 0); |
| 4998 | } |
| 4999 | else |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | /* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the |
| 5002 | main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build |
| 5003 | was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous |
| 5004 | mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work |
| 5005 | in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user |
| 5006 | has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the |
| 5007 | begin command processing (eg in the initialization code). |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking |
| 5010 | on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates |
| 5011 | the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the |
| 5012 | Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this |
| 5013 | Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit. |
| 5014 | */ |
| 5015 | do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0); |
| 5016 | do_command ("run ", args, 0); |
| 5017 | do_command ("up", 0); |
| 5018 | do_command ("tbreak +2", 0); |
| 5019 | do_command ("continue", 0); |
| 5020 | do_command ("step", 0); |
| 5021 | } |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | do_cleanups (old_chain); |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | int |
| 5027 | is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename) |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) || |
| 5030 | STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) || |
| 5031 | STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2)); |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | /* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not |
| 5035 | part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */ |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | int |
| 5038 | find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level) |
| 5039 | { |
| 5040 | struct symtab_and_line sal; |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi)) |
| 5043 | { |
| 5044 | find_frame_sal (fi, &sal); |
| 5045 | if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename)) |
| 5046 | { |
| 5047 | #if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET) |
| 5048 | /* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us |
| 5049 | from finding the right frame */ |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | if (sal.symtab->objfile && |
| 5052 | STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so")) |
| 5053 | continue; |
| 5054 | #endif |
| 5055 | deprecated_selected_frame = fi; |
| 5056 | break; |
| 5057 | } |
| 5058 | } |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | return level; |
| 5061 | } |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | void |
| 5064 | ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 5065 | { |
| 5066 | /* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */ |
| 5067 | /* if (b->break_on_exception == 1) |
| 5068 | { |
| 5069 | /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th |
| 5070 | being the exception *//* |
| 5071 | if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16) |
| 5072 | { |
| 5073 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on "); |
| 5074 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception", |
| 5075 | SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol)); |
| 5076 | } |
| 5077 | else |
| 5078 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions"); |
| 5079 | } |
| 5080 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 2) |
| 5081 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception"); |
| 5082 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 3) |
| 5083 | ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure"); |
| 5084 | #else |
| 5085 | if (b->break_on_exception == 1) |
| 5086 | { */ |
| 5087 | /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th |
| 5088 | being the exception *//* |
| 5089 | if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16) |
| 5090 | { |
| 5091 | fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout); |
| 5092 | fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME |
| 5093 | (b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout); |
| 5094 | } |
| 5095 | else |
| 5096 | fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout); |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 2) |
| 5099 | fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout); |
| 5100 | else if (b->break_on_exception == 3) |
| 5101 | fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout); |
| 5102 | */ |
| 5103 | } |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | int |
| 5106 | ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 5107 | { |
| 5108 | char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 5111 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 5112 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST |
| 5113 | && type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception")); |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | int |
| 5117 | ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym) |
| 5118 | { |
| 5119 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 5120 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 5121 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST); |
| 5122 | } |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite |
| 5125 | into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set |
| 5126 | *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for |
| 5127 | break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */ |
| 5128 | char * |
| 5129 | ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp) |
| 5130 | { |
| 5131 | if (arg == NULL) |
| 5132 | return arg; |
| 5133 | *break_on_exceptionp = 0; |
| 5134 | /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */ |
| 5135 | /* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada |
| 5136 | && STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) && |
| 5137 | (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0')) |
| 5138 | { |
| 5139 | char *tok, *end_tok; |
| 5140 | int toklen; |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | *break_on_exceptionp = 1; |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | tok = arg+9; |
| 5145 | while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') |
| 5146 | tok += 1; |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | end_tok = tok; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') |
| 5151 | end_tok += 1; |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | toklen = end_tok - tok; |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if " |
| 5156 | "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)") |
| 5157 | + toklen + 1); |
| 5158 | make_cleanup (xfree, arg); |
| 5159 | if (toklen == 0) |
| 5160 | strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg"); |
| 5161 | else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen)) |
| 5162 | { |
| 5163 | *break_on_exceptionp = 2; |
| 5164 | strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception"); |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | else |
| 5167 | { |
| 5168 | sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if " |
| 5169 | "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)", |
| 5170 | toklen, tok); |
| 5171 | } |
| 5172 | } |
| 5173 | else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada |
| 5174 | && STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) && |
| 5175 | (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0')) |
| 5176 | { |
| 5177 | char *tok = arg + 6; |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | *break_on_exceptionp = 3; |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | arg = (char*) |
| 5182 | xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure") |
| 5183 | + strlen (tok) + 1); |
| 5184 | make_cleanup (xfree, arg); |
| 5185 | sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok); |
| 5186 | } |
| 5187 | */ |
| 5188 | return arg; |
| 5189 | } |
| 5190 | \f |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | /* Field Access */ |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed |
| 5195 | to be invisible to users. */ |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | int |
| 5198 | ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5199 | { |
| 5200 | if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 5201 | return 1; |
| 5202 | else |
| 5203 | { |
| 5204 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 5205 | return (name == NULL |
| 5206 | || (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7))); |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | } |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | /* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */ |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | int |
| 5213 | ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type) |
| 5214 | { |
| 5215 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 5216 | return 0; |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL); |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | /* The type of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | struct type * |
| 5224 | ada_tag_type (struct value *val) |
| 5225 | { |
| 5226 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL); |
| 5227 | } |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | /* The value of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | struct value * |
| 5232 | ada_value_tag (struct value *val) |
| 5233 | { |
| 5234 | return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record"); |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */ |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | struct type * |
| 5240 | ada_parent_type (struct type *type) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | int i; |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 5247 | return NULL; |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 5250 | if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 5251 | return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | return NULL; |
| 5254 | } |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the |
| 5257 | parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is |
| 5258 | a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | int |
| 5261 | ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5262 | { |
| 5263 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num); |
| 5264 | return (name != NULL && |
| 5265 | (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7))); |
| 5266 | } |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a |
| 5269 | transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing |
| 5270 | field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a |
| 5271 | structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always |
| 5272 | structures. */ |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | int |
| 5275 | ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 5278 | return (name != NULL |
| 5279 | && (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP") |
| 5280 | || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7) |
| 5281 | || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O')); |
| 5282 | } |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE |
| 5285 | is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least |
| 5286 | FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | int |
| 5289 | ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5290 | { |
| 5291 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num); |
| 5292 | return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 5293 | || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num) |
| 5294 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) == |
| 5295 | TYPE_CODE_UNION)); |
| 5296 | } |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part) |
| 5299 | whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE, |
| 5300 | returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */ |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | struct type * |
| 5303 | ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 5304 | { |
| 5305 | char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 5306 | struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL); |
| 5307 | if (type == NULL) |
| 5308 | return builtin_type_int; |
| 5309 | else |
| 5310 | return type; |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a |
| 5314 | valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE |
| 5315 | represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */ |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | int |
| 5318 | ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5319 | { |
| 5320 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 5321 | return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O'); |
| 5322 | } |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record, |
| 5325 | returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The |
| 5326 | value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */ |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | char * |
| 5329 | ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0) |
| 5330 | { |
| 5331 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 5332 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 5333 | struct type *type; |
| 5334 | const char *name; |
| 5335 | const char *discrim_end; |
| 5336 | const char *discrim_start; |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 5339 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 5340 | else |
| 5341 | type = type0; |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000') |
| 5346 | return ""; |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 | for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name; |
| 5349 | discrim_end -= 1) |
| 5350 | { |
| 5351 | if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6)) |
| 5352 | break; |
| 5353 | } |
| 5354 | if (discrim_end == name) |
| 5355 | return ""; |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3; |
| 5358 | discrim_start -= 1) |
| 5359 | { |
| 5360 | if (discrim_start == name + 1) |
| 5361 | return ""; |
| 5362 | if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3)) |
| 5363 | || discrim_start[-1] == '.') |
| 5364 | break; |
| 5365 | } |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1); |
| 5368 | strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start); |
| 5369 | result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0'; |
| 5370 | return result; |
| 5371 | } |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the |
| 5374 | position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K, |
| 5375 | if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1 |
| 5376 | if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A |
| 5377 | "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal, |
| 5378 | followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m |
| 5379 | does not occur. */ |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | int |
| 5382 | ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k) |
| 5383 | { |
| 5384 | ULONGEST RU; |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 5387 | return 0; |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about |
| 5390 | the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and |
| 5391 | LONGEST. */ |
| 5392 | RU = 0; |
| 5393 | while (isdigit (str[k])) |
| 5394 | { |
| 5395 | RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0'); |
| 5396 | k += 1; |
| 5397 | } |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | if (str[k] == 'm') |
| 5400 | { |
| 5401 | if (R != NULL) |
| 5402 | *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1; |
| 5403 | k += 1; |
| 5404 | } |
| 5405 | else if (R != NULL) |
| 5406 | *R = (LONGEST) RU; |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of |
| 5409 | - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive |
| 5410 | number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work |
| 5411 | in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch |
| 5412 | above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */ |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | if (new_k != NULL) |
| 5415 | *new_k = k; |
| 5416 | return 1; |
| 5417 | } |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field), |
| 5420 | and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is |
| 5421 | in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */ |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | int |
| 5424 | ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 5425 | { |
| 5426 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 5427 | int p; |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | p = 0; |
| 5430 | while (1) |
| 5431 | { |
| 5432 | switch (name[p]) |
| 5433 | { |
| 5434 | case '\0': |
| 5435 | return 0; |
| 5436 | case 'S': |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | LONGEST W; |
| 5439 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p)) |
| 5440 | return 0; |
| 5441 | if (val == W) |
| 5442 | return 1; |
| 5443 | break; |
| 5444 | } |
| 5445 | case 'R': |
| 5446 | { |
| 5447 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 5448 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p) |
| 5449 | || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p)) |
| 5450 | return 0; |
| 5451 | if (val >= L && val <= U) |
| 5452 | return 1; |
| 5453 | break; |
| 5454 | } |
| 5455 | case 'O': |
| 5456 | return 1; |
| 5457 | default: |
| 5458 | return 0; |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | } |
| 5461 | } |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) |
| 5464 | of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE, |
| 5465 | extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields. |
| 5466 | FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only |
| 5467 | in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */ |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | struct value * |
| 5470 | ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno, |
| 5471 | struct type *arg_type) |
| 5472 | { |
| 5473 | struct value *v; |
| 5474 | struct type *type; |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type); |
| 5477 | type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | /* Handle packed fields */ |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0) |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 5484 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1), |
| 5487 | offset + bit_pos / 8, |
| 5488 | bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type); |
| 5489 | } |
| 5490 | else |
| 5491 | return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type); |
| 5492 | } |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes, |
| 5496 | and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 5497 | If found, return value, else return NULL. |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 | Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */ |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 | struct value * |
| 5502 | ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 5503 | struct type *type) |
| 5504 | { |
| 5505 | int i; |
| 5506 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 5509 | { |
| 5510 | char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 5513 | continue; |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 5516 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 5519 | { |
| 5520 | struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 5521 | offset + |
| 5522 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 5523 | i) / |
| 5524 | 8, |
| 5525 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, |
| 5526 | i)); |
| 5527 | if (v != NULL) |
| 5528 | return v; |
| 5529 | } |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 5532 | { |
| 5533 | int j; |
| 5534 | struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 5535 | int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 5538 | { |
| 5539 | struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 5540 | var_offset |
| 5541 | + |
| 5542 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS |
| 5543 | (field_type, j) / 8, |
| 5544 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE |
| 5545 | (field_type, j)); |
| 5546 | if (v != NULL) |
| 5547 | return v; |
| 5548 | } |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | } |
| 5551 | return NULL; |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union, |
| 5555 | extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union |
| 5556 | and return it as a value with its appropriate type. |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 | The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself |
| 5559 | and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members |
| 5560 | (e.g., '_parent'). |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class |
| 5563 | of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */ |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | struct value * |
| 5566 | ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err) |
| 5567 | { |
| 5568 | struct type *t; |
| 5569 | struct value *v; |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg); |
| 5572 | t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg)); |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | /* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */ |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 5577 | { |
| 5578 | arg = ada_value_ind (arg); |
| 5579 | t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg)); |
| 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 5583 | error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.", |
| 5584 | err); |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t); |
| 5587 | if (v == NULL) |
| 5588 | error ("There is no member named %s.", name); |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | return v; |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME. |
| 5594 | If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a |
| 5595 | structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not |
| 5596 | work for packed fields). |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly |
| 5599 | followed by "___". |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to |
| 5602 | a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target |
| 5603 | type is automatically used. |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types. |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */ |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 | struct type * |
| 5610 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr, |
| 5611 | int *dispp) |
| 5612 | { |
| 5613 | int i; |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | if (name == NULL) |
| 5616 | goto BadName; |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | while (1) |
| 5619 | { |
| 5620 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 5621 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 5622 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 5623 | break; |
| 5624 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 5625 | } |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && |
| 5628 | TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 5629 | { |
| 5630 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 5631 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 5632 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type "); |
| 5633 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 5634 | error (" is not a structure or union type"); |
| 5635 | } |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 5640 | { |
| 5641 | char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 5642 | struct type *t; |
| 5643 | int disp; |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 5646 | continue; |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 5649 | { |
| 5650 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 5651 | *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 5652 | return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 5653 | } |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 5656 | { |
| 5657 | disp = 0; |
| 5658 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name, |
| 5659 | 1, &disp); |
| 5660 | if (t != NULL) |
| 5661 | { |
| 5662 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 5663 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 5664 | return t; |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | } |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 5669 | { |
| 5670 | int j; |
| 5671 | struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | disp = 0; |
| 5676 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), |
| 5677 | name, 1, &disp); |
| 5678 | if (t != NULL) |
| 5679 | { |
| 5680 | if (dispp != NULL) |
| 5681 | *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 5682 | return t; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | } |
| 5685 | } |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | } |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | BadName: |
| 5690 | if (!noerr) |
| 5691 | { |
| 5692 | target_terminal_ours (); |
| 5693 | gdb_flush (gdb_stdout); |
| 5694 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type "); |
| 5695 | type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1); |
| 5696 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named "); |
| 5697 | error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name); |
| 5698 | } |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | return NULL; |
| 5701 | } |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 5704 | within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at |
| 5705 | OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE, |
| 5706 | numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */ |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | int |
| 5709 | ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type, |
| 5710 | char *outer_valaddr) |
| 5711 | { |
| 5712 | int others_clause; |
| 5713 | int i; |
| 5714 | int disp; |
| 5715 | struct type *discrim_type; |
| 5716 | char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 5717 | LONGEST discrim_val; |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | disp = 0; |
| 5720 | discrim_type = |
| 5721 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp); |
| 5722 | if (discrim_type == NULL) |
| 5723 | return -1; |
| 5724 | discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp); |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 | others_clause = -1; |
| 5727 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1) |
| 5728 | { |
| 5729 | if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i)) |
| 5730 | others_clause = i; |
| 5731 | else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i)) |
| 5732 | return i; |
| 5733 | } |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | return others_clause; |
| 5736 | } |
| 5737 | \f |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | /* Dynamic-Sized Records */ |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size |
| 5743 | (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging |
| 5744 | data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value. |
| 5745 | Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate, |
| 5746 | conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */ |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot |
| 5749 | determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However, |
| 5750 | the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent |
| 5751 | quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size |
| 5752 | of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space |
| 5753 | for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the |
| 5754 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters, |
| 5755 | rather than struct value*s. |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are |
| 5758 | struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in |
| 5759 | general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in |
| 5760 | the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all |
| 5761 | conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described |
| 5762 | above), so that we don't usually have to perform the |
| 5763 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values. |
| 5764 | Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal |
| 5765 | history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained |
| 5766 | records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each |
| 5767 | element selected. */ |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host |
| 5770 | address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value. |
| 5771 | The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal |
| 5772 | copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the |
| 5773 | target at the target address. */ |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of |
| 5776 | dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of |
| 5777 | dynamic-sized types. */ |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | struct value * |
| 5780 | ada_value_ind (struct value *val0) |
| 5781 | { |
| 5782 | struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0)); |
| 5783 | return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0, |
| 5784 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val); |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to" |
| 5788 | * qualifiers on VAL0. */ |
| 5789 | static struct value * |
| 5790 | ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0) |
| 5791 | { |
| 5792 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 5793 | { |
| 5794 | struct value *val = val0; |
| 5795 | COERCE_REF (val); |
| 5796 | val = unwrap_value (val); |
| 5797 | return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0, |
| 5798 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), |
| 5799 | val); |
| 5800 | } |
| 5801 | else |
| 5802 | return val0; |
| 5803 | } |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of |
| 5806 | ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */ |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | static unsigned int |
| 5809 | align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment) |
| 5810 | { |
| 5811 | return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1); |
| 5812 | } |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | /* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template |
| 5815 | type TYPE. */ |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | static unsigned int |
| 5818 | field_offset (struct type *type, int f) |
| 5819 | { |
| 5820 | int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); |
| 5821 | /* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */ |
| 5822 | if (n < 0) |
| 5823 | return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff; |
| 5824 | else |
| 5825 | return n; |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */ |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | static unsigned int |
| 5832 | field_alignment (struct type *type, int f) |
| 5833 | { |
| 5834 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 5835 | int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name); |
| 5836 | int align_offset; |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1])) |
| 5839 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | if (isdigit (name[len - 2])) |
| 5842 | align_offset = len - 2; |
| 5843 | else |
| 5844 | align_offset = len - 1; |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5)) |
| 5847 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ |
| 5853 | struct type * |
| 5854 | ada_find_any_type (const char *name) |
| 5855 | { |
| 5856 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 5859 | if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 5860 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_DOMAIN); |
| 5863 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 5864 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | return NULL; |
| 5867 | } |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a |
| 5870 | given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to |
| 5871 | that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero; |
| 5872 | otherwise return 0. */ |
| 5873 | int |
| 5874 | ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 5875 | { |
| 5876 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 5877 | return 1; |
| 5878 | else if (type0 == NULL) |
| 5879 | return 0; |
| 5880 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 5881 | return 1; |
| 5882 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 5883 | return 0; |
| 5884 | else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0)) |
| 5885 | return 1; |
| 5886 | else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0) |
| 5887 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1)) |
| 5888 | return 1; |
| 5889 | else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL |
| 5890 | && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL) |
| 5891 | return 1; |
| 5892 | return 0; |
| 5893 | } |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is |
| 5896 | null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */ |
| 5897 | char * |
| 5898 | ada_type_name (struct type *type) |
| 5899 | { |
| 5900 | if (type == NULL) |
| 5901 | return NULL; |
| 5902 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL) |
| 5903 | return TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 5904 | else |
| 5905 | return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 5906 | } |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending |
| 5909 | SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */ |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | struct type * |
| 5912 | ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix) |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | static char *name; |
| 5915 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 5916 | struct symbol **syms; |
| 5917 | struct block **blocks; |
| 5918 | int nsyms; |
| 5919 | int len; |
| 5920 | char *typename = ada_type_name (type); |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 | if (typename == NULL) |
| 5923 | return NULL; |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | len = strlen (typename); |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1); |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | strcpy (name, typename); |
| 5930 | strcpy (name + len, suffix); |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | return ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template |
| 5937 | type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | static struct type * |
| 5940 | dynamic_template_type (struct type *type) |
| 5941 | { |
| 5942 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 5945 | || ada_type_name (type) == NULL) |
| 5946 | return NULL; |
| 5947 | else |
| 5948 | { |
| 5949 | int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 5950 | if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE")) |
| 5951 | return type; |
| 5952 | else |
| 5953 | return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE"); |
| 5954 | } |
| 5955 | } |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns |
| 5958 | non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */ |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | static int |
| 5961 | is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num) |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num); |
| 5964 | return name != NULL |
| 5965 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 5966 | && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL; |
| 5967 | } |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | /* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE |
| 5970 | contains a variant part. */ |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | static int |
| 5973 | contains_variant_part (struct type *type) |
| 5974 | { |
| 5975 | int f; |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 5978 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0) |
| 5979 | return 0; |
| 5980 | return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1); |
| 5981 | } |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | /* A record type with no fields, . */ |
| 5984 | static struct type * |
| 5985 | empty_record (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 5986 | { |
| 5987 | struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile); |
| 5988 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 5989 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 5990 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL; |
| 5991 | TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>"; |
| 5992 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 5993 | TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0; |
| 5994 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 5995 | return type; |
| 5996 | } |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 5999 | the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at |
| 6000 | the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions. |
| 6001 | DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any |
| 6002 | necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is |
| 6003 | an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A |
| 6004 | variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch |
| 6005 | of the variant. */ |
| 6006 | /* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and |
| 6007 | * variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be |
| 6008 | * byte-aligned. */ |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | static struct type * |
| 6011 | template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 6012 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 6013 | { |
| 6014 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 6015 | struct value *dval; |
| 6016 | struct type *rtype; |
| 6017 | int nfields, bit_len; |
| 6018 | long off; |
| 6019 | int f; |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 6022 | rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 6023 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 6024 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 6025 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 6026 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) |
| 6027 | TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 6028 | memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 6029 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6030 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 6031 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in |
| 6032 | gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6033 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | off = 0; |
| 6036 | bit_len = 0; |
| 6037 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 6038 | { |
| 6039 | int fld_bit_len, bit_incr; |
| 6040 | off = |
| 6041 | align_value (off, |
| 6042 | field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); |
| 6043 | /* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes |
| 6044 | * problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's |
| 6045 | * rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */ |
| 6046 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off; |
| 6047 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0; |
| 6048 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, f) = 0; |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 6051 | { |
| 6052 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 6055 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 6056 | else |
| 6057 | dval = dval0; |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | branch_type = |
| 6060 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 6061 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f), |
| 6062 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 6063 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 6064 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 6065 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 6066 | else |
| 6067 | { |
| 6068 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type; |
| 6069 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S"; |
| 6070 | } |
| 6071 | bit_incr = 0; |
| 6072 | fld_bit_len = |
| 6073 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 6074 | } |
| 6075 | else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f)) |
| 6076 | { |
| 6077 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 6078 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address); |
| 6079 | else |
| 6080 | dval = dval0; |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = |
| 6083 | ada_to_fixed_type |
| 6084 | (ada_get_base_type |
| 6085 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))), |
| 6086 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 6087 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 6088 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 6089 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 6090 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 6091 | } |
| 6092 | else |
| 6093 | { |
| 6094 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 6095 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 6096 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0) |
| 6097 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 6098 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f); |
| 6099 | else |
| 6100 | bit_incr = fld_bit_len = |
| 6101 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 6104 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 6105 | off += bit_incr; |
| 6106 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 6107 | } |
| 6108 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 6111 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit) |
| 6112 | error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"); |
| 6113 | return rtype; |
| 6114 | } |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | /* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values. |
| 6117 | As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK, |
| 6118 | since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both |
| 6119 | structs and unions. |
| 6120 | Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this |
| 6121 | function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */ |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | static struct type * |
| 6124 | template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type) |
| 6125 | { |
| 6126 | struct type *type; |
| 6127 | int nfields; |
| 6128 | int f; |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL) |
| 6131 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type); |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type); |
| 6134 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type = |
| 6135 | alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type)); |
| 6136 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type); |
| 6137 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 6138 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; |
| 6139 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 6140 | TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 6141 | memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 6142 | TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type); |
| 6143 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL; |
| 6144 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6145 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 6146 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 6149 | { |
| 6150 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0; |
| 6151 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0; |
| 6152 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, f) = 0; |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 | if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f)) |
| 6155 | { |
| 6156 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = |
| 6157 | to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE |
| 6158 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f))); |
| 6159 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f); |
| 6160 | } |
| 6161 | else |
| 6162 | { |
| 6163 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = |
| 6164 | check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)); |
| 6165 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f); |
| 6166 | } |
| 6167 | } |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | return type; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | /* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant |
| 6173 | part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate |
| 6174 | branch. */ |
| 6175 | static struct type * |
| 6176 | to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr, |
| 6177 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 6178 | { |
| 6179 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 6180 | struct type *rtype; |
| 6181 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 6182 | int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | if (dval == NULL) |
| 6185 | return type; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type)); |
| 6188 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 6189 | INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 6190 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 6191 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = |
| 6192 | (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 6193 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type), |
| 6194 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 6195 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6196 | TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL; |
| 6197 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6198 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 6199 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 | branch_type = |
| 6202 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 6203 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1), |
| 6204 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, |
| 6205 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 6206 | nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 6207 | cond_offset_target (address, |
| 6208 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 6209 | nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 6210 | dval); |
| 6211 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 6212 | { |
| 6213 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 6214 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -= |
| 6215 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1)); |
| 6216 | } |
| 6217 | else |
| 6218 | { |
| 6219 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type; |
| 6220 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S"; |
| 6221 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0; |
| 6222 | TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0; |
| 6223 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type); |
| 6224 | -TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1)); |
| 6225 | } |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | return rtype; |
| 6228 | } |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 6231 | the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at |
| 6232 | beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values |
| 6233 | should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object |
| 6234 | at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A |
| 6235 | variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch |
| 6236 | of the variant. */ |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | static struct type * |
| 6239 | to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 6240 | struct value *dval) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6245 | /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE) |
| 6246 | return type0; |
| 6247 | */ |
| 6248 | templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 6251 | return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 6252 | else if (contains_variant_part (type0)) |
| 6253 | return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 6254 | else |
| 6255 | { |
| 6256 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6257 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 6258 | return type0; |
| 6259 | } |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 6264 | the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a |
| 6265 | union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, |
| 6266 | a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate |
| 6267 | branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value |
| 6268 | indicated in the union's type name. */ |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | static struct type * |
| 6271 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr, |
| 6272 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 6273 | { |
| 6274 | int which; |
| 6275 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 6276 | struct type *var_type; |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6279 | var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0); |
| 6280 | else |
| 6281 | var_type = var_type0; |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU"); |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 6286 | var_type = templ_type; |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | which = |
| 6289 | ada_which_variant_applies (var_type, |
| 6290 | VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval)); |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | if (which < 0) |
| 6293 | return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type)); |
| 6294 | else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which)) |
| 6295 | return |
| 6296 | to_fixed_record_type |
| 6297 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)), |
| 6298 | valaddr, address, dval); |
| 6299 | else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which))) |
| 6300 | return |
| 6301 | to_fixed_record_type |
| 6302 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval); |
| 6303 | else |
| 6304 | return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which); |
| 6305 | } |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value |
| 6308 | at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any |
| 6309 | discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that |
| 6310 | contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes |
| 6311 | are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is |
| 6312 | true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over |
| 6313 | varsize_limit. |
| 6314 | */ |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | static struct type * |
| 6317 | to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval, |
| 6318 | int ignore_too_big) |
| 6319 | { |
| 6320 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 6321 | struct type *result; |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6324 | /* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//* |
| 6325 | || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)) |
| 6326 | return type0; */ |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA"); |
| 6329 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 6330 | { |
| 6331 | struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)); |
| 6332 | /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 6333 | * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 6334 | * debugging data. */ |
| 6335 | struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval); |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | if (elt_type0 == elt_type) |
| 6338 | result = type0; |
| 6339 | else |
| 6340 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)), |
| 6341 | elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 6342 | } |
| 6343 | else |
| 6344 | { |
| 6345 | int i; |
| 6346 | struct type *elt_type0; |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 6349 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 6350 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 6353 | * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 6354 | * debugging data. */ |
| 6355 | result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval); |
| 6356 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 6357 | { |
| 6358 | struct type *range_type = |
| 6359 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i), |
| 6360 | dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)); |
| 6361 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)), |
| 6362 | result, range_type); |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit) |
| 6365 | error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"); |
| 6366 | } |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6369 | /* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */ |
| 6370 | return result; |
| 6371 | } |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components) |
| 6375 | corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS) |
| 6376 | DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, |
| 6377 | and may be NULL if there are none. */ |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | struct type * |
| 6380 | ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 6381 | struct value *dval) |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6384 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 6385 | { |
| 6386 | default: |
| 6387 | return type; |
| 6388 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 6389 | return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL); |
| 6390 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 6391 | return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0); |
| 6392 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 6393 | if (dval == NULL) |
| 6394 | return type; |
| 6395 | else |
| 6396 | return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 6397 | } |
| 6398 | } |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to |
| 6401 | TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */ |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | static struct type * |
| 6404 | to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 6405 | { |
| 6406 | struct type *type; |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 6409 | return NULL; |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */ |
| 6412 | /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE) |
| 6413 | return type0; |
| 6414 | */ |
| 6415 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0); |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type0)) |
| 6418 | { |
| 6419 | default: |
| 6420 | return type0; |
| 6421 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 6422 | type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 6423 | if (type != NULL) |
| 6424 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 6425 | return type0; |
| 6426 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 6427 | type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU"); |
| 6428 | if (type != NULL) |
| 6429 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 6430 | return type0; |
| 6431 | } |
| 6432 | } |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */ |
| 6435 | static struct type * |
| 6436 | static_unwrap_type (struct type *type) |
| 6437 | { |
| 6438 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 6439 | { |
| 6440 | struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0); |
| 6441 | if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL) |
| 6442 | TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 | return static_unwrap_type (type1); |
| 6445 | } |
| 6446 | else |
| 6447 | { |
| 6448 | struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 6449 | if (raw_real_type == type) |
| 6450 | return type; |
| 6451 | else |
| 6452 | return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type); |
| 6453 | } |
| 6454 | } |
| 6455 | |
| 6456 | /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require |
| 6457 | cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example, |
| 6458 | type Foo; |
| 6459 | type FooP is access Foo; |
| 6460 | V: FooP; |
| 6461 | type Foo is array ...; |
| 6462 | ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing |
| 6463 | cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a |
| 6464 | stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is |
| 6465 | the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */ |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one |
| 6468 | exists, otherwise TYPE. */ |
| 6469 | struct type * |
| 6470 | ada_completed_type (struct type *type) |
| 6471 | { |
| 6472 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6473 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 6474 | || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0 |
| 6475 | || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL) |
| 6476 | return type; |
| 6477 | else |
| 6478 | { |
| 6479 | char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type); |
| 6480 | struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 6481 | return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1; |
| 6482 | } |
| 6483 | } |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by |
| 6486 | type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly |
| 6487 | describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard |
| 6488 | type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant |
| 6489 | creation of struct values]. */ |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | struct value * |
| 6492 | ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 6493 | struct value *val0) |
| 6494 | { |
| 6495 | struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL); |
| 6496 | if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL) |
| 6497 | return val0; |
| 6498 | else |
| 6499 | return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address); |
| 6500 | } |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type |
| 6503 | chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but |
| 6504 | without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized |
| 6505 | types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */ |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | struct value * |
| 6508 | ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val) |
| 6509 | { |
| 6510 | struct type *type = |
| 6511 | to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val))); |
| 6512 | if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val)) |
| 6513 | return val; |
| 6514 | else |
| 6515 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type); |
| 6516 | } |
| 6517 | \f |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | /* Attributes */ |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */ |
| 6525 | /* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */ |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | static const char *attribute_names[] = { |
| 6528 | "<?>", |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | "first", |
| 6531 | "last", |
| 6532 | "length", |
| 6533 | "image", |
| 6534 | "img", |
| 6535 | "max", |
| 6536 | "min", |
| 6537 | "pos" "tag", |
| 6538 | "val", |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | 0 |
| 6541 | }; |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | const char * |
| 6544 | ada_attribute_name (int n) |
| 6545 | { |
| 6546 | if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END) |
| 6547 | return attribute_names[n]; |
| 6548 | else |
| 6549 | return attribute_names[0]; |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | static struct value * |
| 6555 | value_pos_atr (struct value *arg) |
| 6556 | { |
| 6557 | struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg); |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 6560 | error ("'POS only defined on discrete types"); |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 6563 | { |
| 6564 | int i; |
| 6565 | LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg); |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6568 | { |
| 6569 | if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i)) |
| 6570 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i); |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS"); |
| 6573 | } |
| 6574 | else |
| 6575 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg)); |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | static struct value * |
| 6581 | value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 6582 | { |
| 6583 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 6584 | error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types"); |
| 6585 | if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg))) |
| 6586 | error ("'VAL requires integral argument"); |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 6589 | { |
| 6590 | long pos = value_as_long (arg); |
| 6591 | if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 6592 | error ("argument to 'VAL out of range"); |
| 6593 | return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos)); |
| 6594 | } |
| 6595 | else |
| 6596 | return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg)); |
| 6597 | } |
| 6598 | \f |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | /* Evaluation */ |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type. |
| 6603 | * [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character; |
| 6604 | * It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */ |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | int |
| 6607 | ada_is_character_type (struct type *type) |
| 6608 | { |
| 6609 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6610 | return |
| 6611 | name != NULL |
| 6612 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR |
| 6613 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 6614 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 6615 | && (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character") |
| 6616 | || STREQ (name, "unsigned char")); |
| 6617 | } |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */ |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | int |
| 6622 | ada_is_string_type (struct type *type) |
| 6623 | { |
| 6624 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6625 | if (type != NULL |
| 6626 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 6627 | && (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type)) |
| 6628 | && ada_array_arity (type) == 1) |
| 6629 | { |
| 6630 | struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1); |
| 6631 | |
| 6632 | return ada_is_character_type (elttype); |
| 6633 | } |
| 6634 | else |
| 6635 | return 0; |
| 6636 | } |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 | /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the |
| 6640 | alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a |
| 6641 | distinctive name. */ |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | int |
| 6644 | ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type) |
| 6645 | { |
| 6646 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6647 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 6648 | && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1 |
| 6649 | && STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F")); |
| 6650 | } |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return |
| 6653 | the parallel type. */ |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | struct type * |
| 6656 | ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type) |
| 6657 | { |
| 6658 | struct type *real_type_namer; |
| 6659 | struct type *raw_real_type; |
| 6660 | struct type *real_type; |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 | if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 6663 | return raw_type; |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS"); |
| 6666 | if (real_type_namer == NULL |
| 6667 | || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 6668 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1) |
| 6669 | return raw_type; |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 6672 | if (raw_real_type == NULL) |
| 6673 | return raw_type; |
| 6674 | else |
| 6675 | return raw_real_type; |
| 6676 | } |
| 6677 | |
| 6678 | /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */ |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 | struct type * |
| 6681 | ada_aligned_type (struct type *type) |
| 6682 | { |
| 6683 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 6684 | return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 6685 | else |
| 6686 | return ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 6687 | } |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 | /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR |
| 6691 | having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */ |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | char * |
| 6694 | ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr) |
| 6695 | { |
| 6696 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 6697 | return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 6698 | valaddr + |
| 6699 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 6700 | 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 6701 | else |
| 6702 | return valaddr; |
| 6703 | } |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded |
| 6706 | name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */ |
| 6707 | const char * |
| 6708 | ada_enum_name (const char *name) |
| 6709 | { |
| 6710 | char *tmp; |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | while (1) |
| 6713 | { |
| 6714 | if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL) |
| 6715 | name = tmp + 2; |
| 6716 | else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL) |
| 6717 | name = tmp + 1; |
| 6718 | else |
| 6719 | break; |
| 6720 | } |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | if (name[0] == 'Q') |
| 6723 | { |
| 6724 | static char result[16]; |
| 6725 | int v; |
| 6726 | if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W') |
| 6727 | { |
| 6728 | if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1) |
| 6729 | return name; |
| 6730 | } |
| 6731 | else |
| 6732 | return name; |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | if (isascii (v) && isprint (v)) |
| 6735 | sprintf (result, "'%c'", v); |
| 6736 | else if (name[1] == 'U') |
| 6737 | sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v); |
| 6738 | else |
| 6739 | sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v); |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | return result; |
| 6742 | } |
| 6743 | else |
| 6744 | return name; |
| 6745 | } |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | static struct value * |
| 6748 | evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 6749 | enum noside noside) |
| 6750 | { |
| 6751 | return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6752 | } |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 | /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for |
| 6755 | evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated |
| 6756 | expression. */ |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | static struct value * |
| 6759 | evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 6760 | { |
| 6761 | return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) |
| 6762 | (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 6763 | } |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the |
| 6766 | value it wraps. */ |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 | static struct value * |
| 6769 | unwrap_value (struct value *val) |
| 6770 | { |
| 6771 | struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)); |
| 6772 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 6773 | { |
| 6774 | struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F", |
| 6775 | NULL, "internal structure"); |
| 6776 | struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v)); |
| 6777 | if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL) |
| 6778 | TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 | return unwrap_value (v); |
| 6781 | } |
| 6782 | else |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | struct type *raw_real_type = |
| 6785 | ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type)); |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | if (type == raw_real_type) |
| 6788 | return val; |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | return |
| 6791 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type |
| 6792 | (val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0, |
| 6793 | VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), |
| 6794 | NULL)); |
| 6795 | } |
| 6796 | } |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | static struct value * |
| 6799 | cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 6800 | { |
| 6801 | LONGEST val; |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg)) |
| 6804 | return arg; |
| 6805 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg))) |
| 6806 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, |
| 6807 | ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg), |
| 6808 | value_as_long (arg))); |
| 6809 | else |
| 6810 | { |
| 6811 | DOUBLEST argd = |
| 6812 | value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg))); |
| 6813 | val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd); |
| 6814 | } |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 | return value_from_longest (type, val); |
| 6817 | } |
| 6818 | |
| 6819 | static struct value * |
| 6820 | cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg) |
| 6821 | { |
| 6822 | DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg), |
| 6823 | value_as_long (arg)); |
| 6824 | return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val); |
| 6825 | } |
| 6826 | |
| 6827 | /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and |
| 6828 | * return the converted value. */ |
| 6829 | static struct value * |
| 6830 | coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 6831 | { |
| 6832 | struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 6833 | if (type == type2) |
| 6834 | return val; |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2); |
| 6837 | CHECK_TYPEDEF (type); |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 6840 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 6841 | { |
| 6842 | val = ada_value_ind (val); |
| 6843 | type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val); |
| 6844 | } |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 6847 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 6848 | { |
| 6849 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type) |
| 6850 | || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 6851 | != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))) |
| 6852 | error ("Incompatible types in assignment"); |
| 6853 | VALUE_TYPE (val) = type; |
| 6854 | } |
| 6855 | return val; |
| 6856 | } |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 | struct value * |
| 6859 | ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, |
| 6860 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 6861 | { |
| 6862 | enum exp_opcode op; |
| 6863 | enum ada_attribute atr; |
| 6864 | int tem, tem2, tem3; |
| 6865 | int pc; |
| 6866 | struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3; |
| 6867 | struct type *type; |
| 6868 | int nargs; |
| 6869 | struct value **argvec; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | pc = *pos; |
| 6872 | *pos += 1; |
| 6873 | op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | switch (op) |
| 6876 | { |
| 6877 | default: |
| 6878 | *pos -= 1; |
| 6879 | return |
| 6880 | unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard |
| 6881 | (expect_type, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 6882 | |
| 6883 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 6884 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 6885 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 6886 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6887 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 6888 | goto nosideret; |
| 6889 | if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 6890 | { |
| 6891 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type)) |
| 6892 | arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1); |
| 6893 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 6894 | arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1)); |
| 6895 | else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory) |
| 6896 | { |
| 6897 | /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented, |
| 6898 | but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar |
| 6899 | is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type. |
| 6900 | If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with |
| 6901 | TYPE. */ |
| 6902 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 6903 | return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval); |
| 6904 | arg1 = |
| 6905 | ada_to_fixed_value |
| 6906 | (type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0); |
| 6907 | } |
| 6908 | else |
| 6909 | arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1); |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | return arg1; |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 6914 | /* case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 6915 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 6916 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 6917 | return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6918 | */ |
| 6919 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 6920 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6921 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside); |
| 6922 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 6923 | return arg1; |
| 6924 | if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2)) |
| 6925 | return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 6926 | else |
| 6927 | { |
| 6928 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 6929 | arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2); |
| 6930 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 6931 | error |
| 6932 | ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables"); |
| 6933 | else |
| 6934 | arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2); |
| 6935 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2); |
| 6936 | } |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 6939 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 6940 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 6941 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 6942 | goto nosideret; |
| 6943 | if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2)) |
| 6944 | return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 6945 | else |
| 6946 | { |
| 6947 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) |
| 6948 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 6949 | && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) |
| 6950 | error |
| 6951 | ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type"); |
| 6952 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2)); |
| 6953 | } |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 6956 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 6957 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 6958 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 6959 | goto nosideret; |
| 6960 | if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2)) |
| 6961 | return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 6962 | else |
| 6963 | { |
| 6964 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)) |
| 6965 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 6966 | && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2)) |
| 6967 | error |
| 6968 | ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type"); |
| 6969 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2)); |
| 6970 | } |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 6973 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 6974 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6975 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6976 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 6977 | goto nosideret; |
| 6978 | if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2)) |
| 6979 | return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 6980 | else |
| 6981 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS |
| 6982 | && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD)) |
| 6983 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 6984 | else |
| 6985 | { |
| 6986 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 6987 | arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1); |
| 6988 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 6989 | arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2); |
| 6990 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 6991 | } |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 6994 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 6995 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 6996 | goto nosideret; |
| 6997 | if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1)) |
| 6998 | return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 6999 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 7000 | return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1)); |
| 7001 | else |
| 7002 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7005 | /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: |
| 7006 | /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a |
| 7007 | context other than a function call, in which case, it is |
| 7008 | illegal. *//* |
| 7009 | (*pos) += 3; |
| 7010 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7011 | goto nosideret; |
| 7012 | else |
| 7013 | error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation", |
| 7014 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name)); |
| 7015 | */ |
| 7016 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 7017 | *pos -= 1; |
| 7018 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7019 | { |
| 7020 | *pos += 4; |
| 7021 | goto nosideret; |
| 7022 | } |
| 7023 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7024 | { |
| 7025 | *pos += 4; |
| 7026 | return value_zero |
| 7027 | (to_static_fixed_type |
| 7028 | (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))), |
| 7029 | not_lval); |
| 7030 | } |
| 7031 | else |
| 7032 | { |
| 7033 | arg1 = |
| 7034 | unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard |
| 7035 | (expect_type, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 7036 | return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0, |
| 7037 | VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + |
| 7038 | VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1); |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | case OP_ARRAY: |
| 7042 | (*pos) += 3; |
| 7043 | tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 7044 | tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst); |
| 7045 | nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1; |
| 7046 | type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE; |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | argvec = |
| 7049 | (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1)); |
| 7050 | for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 7051 | /* At least one element gets inserted for the type */ |
| 7052 | { |
| 7053 | /* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */ |
| 7054 | argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 7055 | } |
| 7056 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7057 | goto nosideret; |
| 7058 | return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec); |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 7061 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be |
| 7064 | called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */ |
| 7065 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 7066 | argvec = |
| 7067 | (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2)); |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7070 | /* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */ |
| 7071 | /* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE) |
| 7072 | error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation", |
| 7073 | ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name)); |
| 7074 | */ |
| 7075 | if (0) |
| 7076 | { |
| 7077 | error ("unexpected code path, FIXME"); |
| 7078 | } |
| 7079 | else |
| 7080 | { |
| 7081 | for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1) |
| 7082 | argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7083 | argvec[tem] = 0; |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7086 | goto nosideret; |
| 7087 | } |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7090 | argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]); |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]))) |
| 7093 | argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]); |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])); |
| 7096 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7097 | { |
| 7098 | switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))) |
| 7099 | { |
| 7100 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 7101 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 7102 | break; |
| 7103 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 7104 | break; |
| 7105 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 7106 | if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7107 | argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]); |
| 7108 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 7109 | break; |
| 7110 | default: |
| 7111 | error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'", |
| 7112 | ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]))); |
| 7113 | break; |
| 7114 | } |
| 7115 | } |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 7118 | { |
| 7119 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 7120 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7121 | return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 7122 | return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); |
| 7123 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 7124 | { |
| 7125 | int arity = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 7126 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 7127 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7128 | error ("cannot subscript or call a record"); |
| 7129 | if (arity != nargs) |
| 7130 | error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity); |
| 7131 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7132 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 7133 | return |
| 7134 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 7135 | (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 7136 | } |
| 7137 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 7138 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7139 | { |
| 7140 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 7141 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7142 | error ("element type of array unknown"); |
| 7143 | else |
| 7144 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 7145 | } |
| 7146 | return |
| 7147 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 7148 | (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]), |
| 7149 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 7150 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */ |
| 7151 | type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1); |
| 7152 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7153 | { |
| 7154 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 7155 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7156 | error ("element type of array unknown"); |
| 7157 | else |
| 7158 | return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type)); |
| 7159 | } |
| 7160 | return |
| 7161 | unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type, |
| 7162 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | default: |
| 7165 | error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp"); |
| 7166 | } |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 7169 | { |
| 7170 | struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7171 | int lowbound |
| 7172 | = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 7173 | int upper |
| 7174 | = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside)); |
| 7175 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7176 | goto nosideret; |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 | /* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */ |
| 7179 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 7180 | && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL |
| 7181 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) == |
| 7182 | TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 7183 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array)))) |
| 7184 | { |
| 7185 | array = ada_coerce_ref (array); |
| 7186 | } |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS && |
| 7189 | ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array)))) |
| 7190 | { |
| 7191 | /* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */ |
| 7192 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0); |
| 7193 | if (arrType != NULL) |
| 7194 | array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL); |
| 7195 | } |
| 7196 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array))) |
| 7197 | array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array); |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | /* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that |
| 7200 | it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then |
| 7201 | dereference it */ |
| 7202 | if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7203 | && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL |
| 7204 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) == |
| 7205 | TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 7206 | { |
| 7207 | array = ada_value_ind (array); |
| 7208 | } |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7211 | /* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts |
| 7212 | where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */ |
| 7213 | return array; |
| 7214 | else |
| 7215 | return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1); |
| 7216 | } |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | /* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7219 | /* case UNOP_MBR: |
| 7220 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 7221 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7222 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7225 | goto nosideret; |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 7228 | { |
| 7229 | default: |
| 7230 | warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true"); |
| 7231 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 7234 | arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 7235 | (LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); |
| 7236 | arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 7237 | (LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); |
| 7238 | return |
| 7239 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 7240 | (value_less (arg1,arg3) |
| 7241 | || value_equal (arg1,arg3)) |
| 7242 | && (value_less (arg2,arg1) |
| 7243 | || value_equal (arg2,arg1))); |
| 7244 | } |
| 7245 | */ |
| 7246 | /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7247 | /* case BINOP_MBR: |
| 7248 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 7249 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7250 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7253 | goto nosideret; |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7256 | return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval); |
| 7257 | |
| 7258 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2))) |
| 7261 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range"); |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 | arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1); |
| 7264 | arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0); |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | return |
| 7267 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 7268 | (value_less (arg1,arg3) |
| 7269 | || value_equal (arg1,arg3)) |
| 7270 | && (value_less (arg2,arg1) |
| 7271 | || value_equal (arg2,arg1))); |
| 7272 | */ |
| 7273 | /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7274 | /* case TERNOP_MBR: |
| 7275 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7276 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7277 | arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7280 | goto nosideret; |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | return |
| 7283 | value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, |
| 7284 | (value_less (arg1,arg3) |
| 7285 | || value_equal (arg1,arg3)) |
| 7286 | && (value_less (arg2,arg1) |
| 7287 | || value_equal (arg2,arg1))); |
| 7288 | */ |
| 7289 | /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */ |
| 7290 | /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE: |
| 7291 | *pos += 3; |
| 7292 | atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst); |
| 7293 | switch (atr) |
| 7294 | { |
| 7295 | default: |
| 7296 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | case ATR_FIRST: |
| 7299 | case ATR_LAST: |
| 7300 | case ATR_LENGTH: |
| 7301 | { |
| 7302 | struct type* type_arg; |
| 7303 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 7304 | { |
| 7305 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 7306 | arg1 = NULL; |
| 7307 | type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type; |
| 7308 | } |
| 7309 | else |
| 7310 | { |
| 7311 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7312 | type_arg = NULL; |
| 7313 | } |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG) |
| 7316 | error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr)); |
| 7317 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst); |
| 7318 | *pos += 4; |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7321 | goto nosideret; |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | if (type_arg == NULL) |
| 7324 | { |
| 7325 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 7328 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))) |
| 7331 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", |
| 7332 | ada_attribute_name (atr)); |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7335 | { |
| 7336 | type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem); |
| 7337 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7338 | error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"); |
| 7339 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 7340 | } |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 | switch (atr) |
| 7343 | { |
| 7344 | default: |
| 7345 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 7346 | case ATR_FIRST: |
| 7347 | return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0); |
| 7348 | case ATR_LAST: |
| 7349 | return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1); |
| 7350 | case ATR_LENGTH: |
| 7351 | return ada_array_length (arg1, tem); |
| 7352 | } |
| 7353 | } |
| 7354 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 7355 | || TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 7356 | { |
| 7357 | struct type* range_type; |
| 7358 | char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg); |
| 7359 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7360 | { |
| 7361 | if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 7362 | range_type = type_arg; |
| 7363 | else |
| 7364 | error ("unimplemented type attribute"); |
| 7365 | } |
| 7366 | else |
| 7367 | range_type = |
| 7368 | to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg)); |
| 7369 | switch (atr) |
| 7370 | { |
| 7371 | default: |
| 7372 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 7373 | case ATR_FIRST: |
| 7374 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type), |
| 7375 | TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)); |
| 7376 | case ATR_LAST: |
| 7377 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type), |
| 7378 | TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type)); |
| 7379 | } |
| 7380 | } |
| 7381 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 7382 | { |
| 7383 | switch (atr) |
| 7384 | { |
| 7385 | default: |
| 7386 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 7387 | case ATR_FIRST: |
| 7388 | return value_from_longest |
| 7389 | (type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0)); |
| 7390 | case ATR_LAST: |
| 7391 | return value_from_longest |
| 7392 | (type_arg, |
| 7393 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, |
| 7394 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1)); |
| 7395 | } |
| 7396 | } |
| 7397 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 7398 | error ("unimplemented type attribute"); |
| 7399 | else |
| 7400 | { |
| 7401 | LONGEST low, high; |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg)) |
| 7404 | type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg); |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg)) |
| 7407 | error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", |
| 7408 | ada_attribute_name (atr)); |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7411 | { |
| 7412 | type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem); |
| 7413 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7414 | error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"); |
| 7415 | return allocate_value (type); |
| 7416 | } |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 | switch (atr) |
| 7419 | { |
| 7420 | default: |
| 7421 | error ("unexpected attribute encountered"); |
| 7422 | case ATR_FIRST: |
| 7423 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type); |
| 7424 | return value_from_longest (type, low); |
| 7425 | case ATR_LAST: |
| 7426 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type); |
| 7427 | return value_from_longest (type, high); |
| 7428 | case ATR_LENGTH: |
| 7429 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type); |
| 7430 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL); |
| 7431 | return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1); |
| 7432 | } |
| 7433 | } |
| 7434 | } |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 | case ATR_TAG: |
| 7437 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7438 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7439 | goto nosideret; |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7442 | return |
| 7443 | value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 | return ada_value_tag (arg1); |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 | case ATR_MIN: |
| 7448 | case ATR_MAX: |
| 7449 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 7450 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7451 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7452 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7453 | goto nosideret; |
| 7454 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7455 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 7456 | else |
| 7457 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, |
| 7458 | atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX); |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | case ATR_MODULUS: |
| 7461 | { |
| 7462 | struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type; |
| 7463 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 7464 | *pos += 4; |
| 7465 | |
| 7466 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7467 | goto nosideret; |
| 7468 | |
| 7469 | if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg)) |
| 7470 | error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type"); |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg), |
| 7473 | ada_modulus (type_arg)); |
| 7474 | } |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | case ATR_POS: |
| 7478 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 7479 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7480 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7481 | goto nosideret; |
| 7482 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7483 | return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval); |
| 7484 | else |
| 7485 | return value_pos_atr (arg1); |
| 7486 | |
| 7487 | case ATR_SIZE: |
| 7488 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7489 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7490 | goto nosideret; |
| 7491 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7492 | return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval); |
| 7493 | else |
| 7494 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 7495 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
| 7496 | * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))); |
| 7497 | |
| 7498 | case ATR_VAL: |
| 7499 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 7500 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7501 | type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type; |
| 7502 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7503 | goto nosideret; |
| 7504 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7505 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 7506 | else |
| 7507 | return value_val_atr (type, arg1); |
| 7508 | } */ |
| 7509 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 7510 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7511 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7512 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7513 | goto nosideret; |
| 7514 | if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2)) |
| 7515 | return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, |
| 7516 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 7517 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7518 | return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval); |
| 7519 | else |
| 7520 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 7523 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7524 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7525 | goto nosideret; |
| 7526 | if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1)) |
| 7527 | return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 7528 | else |
| 7529 | return arg1; |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 7532 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7533 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7534 | goto nosideret; |
| 7535 | if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval))) |
| 7536 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 7537 | else |
| 7538 | return arg1; |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 7541 | if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 7542 | expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type)); |
| 7543 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7544 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7545 | goto nosideret; |
| 7546 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 7547 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7548 | { |
| 7549 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type)) |
| 7550 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 7551 | { |
| 7552 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0); |
| 7553 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 7554 | error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer."); |
| 7555 | return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL); |
| 7556 | } |
| 7557 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7558 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 7559 | /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */ |
| 7560 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 7561 | return |
| 7562 | value_zero |
| 7563 | (to_static_fixed_type |
| 7564 | (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))), |
| 7565 | lval_memory); |
| 7566 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 7567 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */ |
| 7568 | return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory); |
| 7569 | else |
| 7570 | error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value."); |
| 7571 | } |
| 7572 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 7573 | type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)); |
| 7574 | |
| 7575 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type)) |
| 7576 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 7577 | return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 7578 | else |
| 7579 | return ada_value_ind (arg1); |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 7582 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 7583 | (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); |
| 7584 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7585 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7586 | goto nosideret; |
| 7587 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7588 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type |
| 7589 | (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), |
| 7590 | &exp->elts[pc + |
| 7591 | 2].string, |
| 7592 | 0, NULL)), |
| 7593 | lval_memory); |
| 7594 | else |
| 7595 | return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, |
| 7596 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 7597 | "record")); |
| 7598 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 7599 | /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it |
| 7600 | easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */ |
| 7601 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 7602 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7603 | goto nosideret; |
| 7604 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7605 | return allocate_value (builtin_type_void); |
| 7606 | else |
| 7607 | error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression"); |
| 7608 | |
| 7609 | case STRUCTOP_PTR: |
| 7610 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 7611 | (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); |
| 7612 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 7613 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 7614 | goto nosideret; |
| 7615 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 7616 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type |
| 7617 | (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), |
| 7618 | &exp->elts[pc + |
| 7619 | 2].string, |
| 7620 | 0, NULL)), |
| 7621 | lval_memory); |
| 7622 | else |
| 7623 | return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, |
| 7624 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 7625 | "record access")); |
| 7626 | } |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | nosideret: |
| 7629 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 7630 | } |
| 7631 | \f |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | /* Fixed point */ |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the |
| 7636 | type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information. |
| 7637 | Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 7638 | |
| 7639 | static const char * |
| 7640 | fixed_type_info (struct type *type) |
| 7641 | { |
| 7642 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7643 | enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type); |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL) |
| 7646 | { |
| 7647 | const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_"); |
| 7648 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 7649 | return NULL; |
| 7650 | else |
| 7651 | return tail + 5; |
| 7652 | } |
| 7653 | else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type) |
| 7654 | return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 7655 | else |
| 7656 | return NULL; |
| 7657 | } |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */ |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 | int |
| 7662 | ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type) |
| 7663 | { |
| 7664 | return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL; |
| 7665 | } |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point |
| 7668 | type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the |
| 7669 | delta cannot be determined. */ |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | DOUBLEST |
| 7672 | ada_delta (struct type *type) |
| 7673 | { |
| 7674 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 7675 | long num, den; |
| 7676 | |
| 7677 | if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2) |
| 7678 | return -1.0; |
| 7679 | else |
| 7680 | return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den; |
| 7681 | } |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 | /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling |
| 7684 | factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */ |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 | static DOUBLEST |
| 7687 | scaling_factor (struct type *type) |
| 7688 | { |
| 7689 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 7690 | unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1; |
| 7691 | int n; |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1); |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | if (n < 2) |
| 7696 | return 1.0; |
| 7697 | else if (n == 4) |
| 7698 | return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1; |
| 7699 | else |
| 7700 | return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0; |
| 7701 | } |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 | /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point |
| 7705 | type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */ |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | DOUBLEST |
| 7708 | ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x) |
| 7709 | { |
| 7710 | return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type); |
| 7711 | } |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 | /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE |
| 7714 | corresponding to the value X. */ |
| 7715 | |
| 7716 | LONGEST |
| 7717 | ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x) |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5); |
| 7720 | } |
| 7721 | |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | /* VAX floating formats */ |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point |
| 7726 | types. */ |
| 7727 | int |
| 7728 | ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type) |
| 7729 | { |
| 7730 | int name_len = |
| 7731 | (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 7732 | return |
| 7733 | name_len > 6 |
| 7734 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 7735 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 7736 | && STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5); |
| 7737 | } |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 | /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming |
| 7740 | ada_is_vax_floating_point */ |
| 7741 | int |
| 7742 | ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type) |
| 7743 | { |
| 7744 | return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1]; |
| 7745 | } |
| 7746 | |
| 7747 | /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs |
| 7748 | VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes |
| 7749 | ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */ |
| 7750 | struct value * |
| 7751 | ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type) |
| 7752 | { |
| 7753 | switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type)) |
| 7754 | { |
| 7755 | case 'F': |
| 7756 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0); |
| 7757 | case 'D': |
| 7758 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0); |
| 7759 | case 'G': |
| 7760 | return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0); |
| 7761 | default: |
| 7762 | error ("invalid VAX floating-point type"); |
| 7763 | } |
| 7764 | } |
| 7765 | \f |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 | /* Range types */ |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and |
| 7770 | return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If |
| 7771 | PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the |
| 7772 | name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do |
| 7773 | not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */ |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | static int |
| 7776 | scan_discrim_bound (char *, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px, |
| 7777 | int *pnew_k) |
| 7778 | { |
| 7779 | static char *bound_buffer = NULL; |
| 7780 | static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0; |
| 7781 | char *bound; |
| 7782 | char *pend; |
| 7783 | struct value *bound_val; |
| 7784 | |
| 7785 | if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0') |
| 7786 | return 0; |
| 7787 | |
| 7788 | pend = strstr (str + k, "__"); |
| 7789 | if (pend == NULL) |
| 7790 | { |
| 7791 | bound = str + k; |
| 7792 | k += strlen (bound); |
| 7793 | } |
| 7794 | else |
| 7795 | { |
| 7796 | GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1); |
| 7797 | bound = bound_buffer; |
| 7798 | strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k)); |
| 7799 | bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0'; |
| 7800 | k = pend - str; |
| 7801 | } |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval)); |
| 7804 | if (bound_val == NULL) |
| 7805 | return 0; |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 | *px = value_as_long (bound_val); |
| 7808 | if (pnew_k != NULL) |
| 7809 | *pnew_k = k; |
| 7810 | return 1; |
| 7811 | } |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 7814 | no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and |
| 7815 | otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */ |
| 7816 | static struct value * |
| 7817 | get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg) |
| 7818 | { |
| 7819 | struct symbol **syms; |
| 7820 | struct block **blocks; |
| 7821 | int nsyms; |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | nsyms = |
| 7824 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 7825 | &syms, &blocks); |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 | if (nsyms != 1) |
| 7828 | { |
| 7829 | if (err_msg == NULL) |
| 7830 | return 0; |
| 7831 | else |
| 7832 | error ("%s", err_msg); |
| 7833 | } |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 | return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]); |
| 7836 | } |
| 7837 | |
| 7838 | /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 7839 | no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets |
| 7840 | *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */ |
| 7841 | LONGEST |
| 7842 | get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag) |
| 7843 | { |
| 7844 | struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg); |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 | if (var_val == 0) |
| 7847 | { |
| 7848 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 7849 | *flag = 0; |
| 7850 | return 0; |
| 7851 | } |
| 7852 | else |
| 7853 | { |
| 7854 | if (flag != NULL) |
| 7855 | *flag = 1; |
| 7856 | return value_as_long (var_val); |
| 7857 | } |
| 7858 | } |
| 7859 | |
| 7860 | |
| 7861 | /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named |
| 7862 | NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated |
| 7863 | from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions. |
| 7864 | Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type |
| 7865 | must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds |
| 7866 | information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in |
| 7867 | the named range type. */ |
| 7868 | |
| 7869 | static struct type * |
| 7870 | to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 7871 | { |
| 7872 | struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7873 | struct type *base_type; |
| 7874 | LONGEST low, high; |
| 7875 | char *subtype_info; |
| 7876 | |
| 7877 | if (raw_type == NULL) |
| 7878 | base_type = builtin_type_int; |
| 7879 | else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 7880 | base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type); |
| 7881 | else |
| 7882 | base_type = raw_type; |
| 7883 | |
| 7884 | subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD"); |
| 7885 | if (subtype_info == NULL) |
| 7886 | return raw_type; |
| 7887 | else |
| 7888 | { |
| 7889 | static char *name_buf = NULL; |
| 7890 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 7891 | int prefix_len = subtype_info - name; |
| 7892 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 7893 | struct type *type; |
| 7894 | char *bounds_str; |
| 7895 | int n; |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5); |
| 7898 | strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len); |
| 7899 | name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0'; |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | subtype_info += 5; |
| 7902 | bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_'); |
| 7903 | n = 1; |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 | if (*subtype_info == 'L') |
| 7906 | { |
| 7907 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n) |
| 7908 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n)) |
| 7909 | return raw_type; |
| 7910 | if (bounds_str[n] == '_') |
| 7911 | n += 2; |
| 7912 | else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */ |
| 7913 | n += 1; |
| 7914 | subtype_info += 1; |
| 7915 | } |
| 7916 | else |
| 7917 | { |
| 7918 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L"); |
| 7919 | L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL); |
| 7920 | } |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 | if (*subtype_info == 'U') |
| 7923 | { |
| 7924 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n) |
| 7925 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n)) |
| 7926 | return raw_type; |
| 7927 | } |
| 7928 | else |
| 7929 | { |
| 7930 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U"); |
| 7931 | U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL); |
| 7932 | } |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 | if (objfile == NULL) |
| 7935 | objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type); |
| 7936 | type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U); |
| 7937 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; |
| 7938 | return type; |
| 7939 | } |
| 7940 | } |
| 7941 | |
| 7942 | /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */ |
| 7943 | int |
| 7944 | ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name) |
| 7945 | { |
| 7946 | return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD")); |
| 7947 | } |
| 7948 | \f |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | /* Modular types */ |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 | /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */ |
| 7953 | int |
| 7954 | ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type) |
| 7955 | { |
| 7956 | /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in |
| 7957 | valarith.c */ |
| 7958 | struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */ |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 7961 | && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 7962 | && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type)); |
| 7963 | } |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */ |
| 7966 | LONGEST |
| 7967 | ada_modulus (struct type * type) |
| 7968 | { |
| 7969 | return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1; |
| 7970 | } |
| 7971 | \f |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | |
| 7974 | /* Operators */ |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators |
| 7977 | and precedences of the operators. */ |
| 7978 | |
| 7979 | static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = { |
| 7980 | {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1}, |
| 7981 | {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0}, |
| 7982 | {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0}, |
| 7983 | {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0}, |
| 7984 | {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0}, |
| 7985 | {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0}, |
| 7986 | {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 7987 | {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 7988 | {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 7989 | {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 7990 | {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 7991 | {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 7992 | {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 7993 | {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 7994 | {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 7995 | {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 7996 | {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 7997 | {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 7998 | {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 7999 | {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 8000 | {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 8001 | {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 8002 | {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 8003 | {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 8004 | {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 8005 | {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 8006 | {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 8007 | {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 8008 | {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */ |
| 8009 | {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */ |
| 8010 | {NULL, 0, 0, 0} |
| 8011 | }; |
| 8012 | \f |
| 8013 | /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */ |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_int; |
| 8016 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_short; |
| 8017 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long; |
| 8018 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long; |
| 8019 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_char; |
| 8020 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_float; |
| 8021 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_double; |
| 8022 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double; |
| 8023 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural; |
| 8024 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive; |
| 8025 | struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address; |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) = |
| 8028 | { |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | &builtin_type_ada_int, |
| 8031 | &builtin_type_ada_long, |
| 8032 | &builtin_type_ada_short, |
| 8033 | &builtin_type_ada_char, |
| 8034 | &builtin_type_ada_float, |
| 8035 | &builtin_type_ada_double, |
| 8036 | &builtin_type_ada_long_long, |
| 8037 | &builtin_type_ada_long_double, |
| 8038 | &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive, |
| 8039 | /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */ |
| 8040 | &builtin_type_int, |
| 8041 | &builtin_type_long, |
| 8042 | &builtin_type_short, |
| 8043 | &builtin_type_char, |
| 8044 | &builtin_type_float, |
| 8045 | &builtin_type_double, |
| 8046 | &builtin_type_long_long, |
| 8047 | &builtin_type_void, |
| 8048 | &builtin_type_signed_char, |
| 8049 | &builtin_type_unsigned_char, |
| 8050 | &builtin_type_unsigned_short, |
| 8051 | &builtin_type_unsigned_int, |
| 8052 | &builtin_type_unsigned_long, |
| 8053 | &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long, |
| 8054 | &builtin_type_long_double, |
| 8055 | &builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0}; |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 | /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */ |
| 8058 | static void |
| 8059 | emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter) |
| 8060 | { |
| 8061 | ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1); |
| 8062 | } |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 | const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = { |
| 8065 | "ada", /* Language name */ |
| 8066 | /* language_ada, */ |
| 8067 | language_unknown, |
| 8068 | /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */ |
| 8069 | ada_builtin_types, |
| 8070 | range_check_off, |
| 8071 | type_check_off, |
| 8072 | case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but |
| 8073 | * that's not quite what this means. */ |
| 8074 | ada_parse, |
| 8075 | ada_error, |
| 8076 | ada_evaluate_subexp, |
| 8077 | ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */ |
| 8078 | ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */ |
| 8079 | emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */ |
| 8080 | ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */ |
| 8081 | ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */ |
| 8082 | ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */ |
| 8083 | ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */ |
| 8084 | NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */ |
| 8085 | value_of_this, /* value_of_this */ |
| 8086 | basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* lookup_symbol_nonlocal */ |
| 8087 | NULL, /* Language specific symbol demangler */ |
| 8088 | {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */ |
| 8089 | #if 0 |
| 8090 | {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */ |
| 8091 | {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */ |
| 8092 | {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */ |
| 8093 | #else |
| 8094 | /* Copied from c-lang.c. */ |
| 8095 | {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */ |
| 8096 | {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */ |
| 8097 | {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */ |
| 8098 | #endif |
| 8099 | ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */ |
| 8100 | 1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */ |
| 8101 | 0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */ |
| 8102 | &builtin_type_ada_char, |
| 8103 | LANG_MAGIC |
| 8104 | }; |
| 8105 | |
| 8106 | void |
| 8107 | _initialize_ada_language (void) |
| 8108 | { |
| 8109 | builtin_type_ada_int = |
| 8110 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8111 | 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8112 | builtin_type_ada_long = |
| 8113 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8114 | 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8115 | builtin_type_ada_short = |
| 8116 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8117 | 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8118 | builtin_type_ada_char = |
| 8119 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8120 | 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8121 | builtin_type_ada_float = |
| 8122 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8123 | 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8124 | builtin_type_ada_double = |
| 8125 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8126 | 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8127 | builtin_type_ada_long_long = |
| 8128 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8129 | 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8130 | builtin_type_ada_long_double = |
| 8131 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8132 | 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8133 | builtin_type_ada_natural = |
| 8134 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8135 | 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8136 | builtin_type_ada_positive = |
| 8137 | init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8138 | 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL); |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 | |
| 8141 | builtin_type_ada_system_address = |
| 8142 | lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void", |
| 8143 | (struct objfile *) NULL)); |
| 8144 | TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address"; |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 | add_language (&ada_language_defn); |
| 8147 | |
| 8148 | add_show_from_set |
| 8149 | (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger, |
| 8150 | (char *) &varsize_limit, |
| 8151 | "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.", |
| 8152 | &setlist), &showlist); |
| 8153 | varsize_limit = 65536; |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command, |
| 8156 | "Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\ |
| 8157 | main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\ |
| 8158 | the \"run\" command (q.v.)."); |
| 8159 | } |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 | /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current |
| 8163 | target machine. |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 | Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not |
| 8166 | define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or |
| 8167 | DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which |
| 8168 | don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this |
| 8169 | function. |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types |
| 8172 | (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types |
| 8173 | (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis- |
| 8174 | agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does |
| 8175 | not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the |
| 8176 | distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just |
| 8177 | use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit |
| 8178 | and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the |
| 8179 | gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences |
| 8180 | in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format |
| 8181 | support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb |
| 8182 | starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the |
| 8183 | debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */ |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | static struct type * |
| 8186 | ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid) |
| 8187 | { |
| 8188 | struct type *type = NULL; |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | switch (typeid) |
| 8191 | { |
| 8192 | default: |
| 8193 | /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this |
| 8194 | language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the |
| 8195 | name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type |
| 8196 | reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */ |
| 8197 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8198 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8199 | 0, "<?type?>", objfile); |
| 8200 | warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid); |
| 8201 | break; |
| 8202 | case FT_VOID: |
| 8203 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, |
| 8204 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8205 | 0, "void", objfile); |
| 8206 | break; |
| 8207 | case FT_CHAR: |
| 8208 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8209 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8210 | 0, "character", objfile); |
| 8211 | break; |
| 8212 | case FT_SIGNED_CHAR: |
| 8213 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8214 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8215 | 0, "signed char", objfile); |
| 8216 | break; |
| 8217 | case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR: |
| 8218 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8219 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8220 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile); |
| 8221 | break; |
| 8222 | case FT_SHORT: |
| 8223 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8224 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8225 | 0, "short_integer", objfile); |
| 8226 | break; |
| 8227 | case FT_SIGNED_SHORT: |
| 8228 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8229 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8230 | 0, "short_integer", objfile); |
| 8231 | break; |
| 8232 | case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT: |
| 8233 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8234 | TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8235 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile); |
| 8236 | break; |
| 8237 | case FT_INTEGER: |
| 8238 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8239 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8240 | 0, "integer", objfile); |
| 8241 | break; |
| 8242 | case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER: |
| 8243 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */ |
| 8244 | break; |
| 8245 | case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER: |
| 8246 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8247 | TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8248 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile); |
| 8249 | break; |
| 8250 | case FT_LONG: |
| 8251 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8252 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8253 | 0, "long_integer", objfile); |
| 8254 | break; |
| 8255 | case FT_SIGNED_LONG: |
| 8256 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8257 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8258 | 0, "long_integer", objfile); |
| 8259 | break; |
| 8260 | case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG: |
| 8261 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8262 | TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8263 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile); |
| 8264 | break; |
| 8265 | case FT_LONG_LONG: |
| 8266 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8267 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8268 | 0, "long_long_integer", objfile); |
| 8269 | break; |
| 8270 | case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG: |
| 8271 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8272 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8273 | 0, "long_long_integer", objfile); |
| 8274 | break; |
| 8275 | case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG: |
| 8276 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, |
| 8277 | TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8278 | TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile); |
| 8279 | break; |
| 8280 | case FT_FLOAT: |
| 8281 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 8282 | TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8283 | 0, "float", objfile); |
| 8284 | break; |
| 8285 | case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT: |
| 8286 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 8287 | TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8288 | 0, "long_float", objfile); |
| 8289 | break; |
| 8290 | case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT: |
| 8291 | type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, |
| 8292 | TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 8293 | 0, "long_long_float", objfile); |
| 8294 | break; |
| 8295 | } |
| 8296 | return (type); |
| 8297 | } |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | void |
| 8300 | ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s) |
| 8301 | { |
| 8302 | int i; |
| 8303 | fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n"); |
| 8304 | fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n", |
| 8305 | s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?"); |
| 8306 | fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat); |
| 8307 | if (s->linetable != NULL) |
| 8308 | { |
| 8309 | fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section); |
| 8310 | for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1) |
| 8311 | { |
| 8312 | struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i; |
| 8313 | fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc); |
| 8314 | } |
| 8315 | } |
| 8316 | fprintf (stderr, "]\n"); |
| 8317 | } |